0>>>>106-03-97 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन06-03-97 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban06-03-97 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x06-03-97 Om peace avyakt x
0> > 06-03-1997 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban
2शिवजयन्ती की गिफ्ट - मेहनत को छोड़ मुहब्बत के झूले में झूलोśhivjayantī kī|key gift - mēhnat kō chhōṛ muhabbat kē|K jhūlē mē̃ jhūlōśhivjayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift - mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[root] muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jhūlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]birthday of the Father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift - effort to renounce[root] love (of|K) (swing[opt.sg.23]|swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing) in swing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
1The gift of Shiv Jayanti Stop labouring and swing in the swing of love.
3आज स्वयं शिव पिता अपने चारों ओर के आये हुए बच्चों से अपनी जयन्ति मनाने आये हैं . āj svayã śhiv pitā apnē chārō̃ ōr kē|K āyē huē bachchō̃ sē apnī jayanti manānē āyē haĩ . āj svayã śhiv pitā[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] jayantī[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . today x Shiva father one’s own everywhere (of|K) (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child from one’s own Jayanti celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
2Today, Father Shiva, Himself, has come to celebrate His own birthday with the children from all directions.
4कितना बच्चों का भाग्य है जो स्वयं बाप मिलने और मनाने आये हैं . kitnā bachchō̃ kā bhāgya hai jō svayã bāp milnē aur manānē āyē haĩ . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] svayã bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . so child of x be[pres.sg.23] that x father receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] and celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
3The children’s fortune is so great that the Father Himself has come to celebrate with you.
5दुनिया वाले तो पुकारते रहते हैं - आओ , कब आयेंगे , किस रूप में आयेंगे , आह्वान करते रहते हैं और आप बच्चों से स्वयं बाप मनाने के लिए आये हैं . duniyā vālē tō pukārtē rahtē haĩ - āō , kab āyēṅgē , kis rūp mē̃ āyēṅgē , āhvān kartē rahtē haĩ aur āp bachchō̃ sē svayã bāp manānē kē liē āyē haĩ . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō pukārnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] - ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kab ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , āhvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] aur āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] svayã bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . world those who then call[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] - come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , when come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , (what|who) Rup in come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , invocation do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] and you child from x father celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] for come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
4People of the world continue to call out, “When will He come?” 5“In which form will He come?” and they continue to invoke Baba in this way, whereas the Father Himself has come to celebrate with you children.
6ऐसा विचित्र दृश्य कभी स्वप्न में भी नहीं सोचा होगा , लेकिन आज साकार रूप में मनाने के लिए भाग-भाग कर पहुंच गये हो . aisā vichitr dr̥iśhya kabhī svapn mē̃ bhī nahī̃ sōchā hōgā , lēkin āj sākār rūp mē̃ manānē kē liē bhāg-bhāg kar pahuñch gayē hō . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vichitr[adj.] dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , lēkin āj sākār, sākārī[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] bhāg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhāgnā[root] karnā[root] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . such unique x ever dream in too not think[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[fut.m.sg.23] , but today sakar Rup in celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] for (part|run[root]) do[root] reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
6You would never have thought of such a unique scene even in your dreams. 7However, all of you have come running here in order to celebrate in the corporeal form.
7बाप भी चारों ओर के बच्चों को देख हर्षित होते हैं - वाह सालिग्राम बच्चे वाह ! bāp bhī chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō dēkh harṣhit hōtē haĩ - vāh sāligrām bachchē vāh ! bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - vāh sāligrām[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! father too everywhere (of|K) child to see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - wah! saligram child wah! !
8Baba is happy to see the children from all directions and says: Wah, My saligram children, wah!
8वाह साकार स्वरूपधारी होवनहार फरिश्ता सो देवता बच्चे वाह ! vāh sākār svarūpadhārī hōvanhār phariśhtā sō dēvtā bachchē vāh ! vāh sākār, sākārī[adj.] x hōvanhār[adj.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sōnā[root]|sō dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! wah! sakar x forthcoming angel (sleep[root]|x) deity child wah! !
9Wah, My children who have adopted the corporeal form and are to become the angels who will then become deities, wah!
9भक्त बच्चों और आप ज्ञानी तू आत्मा बच्चों में कितना अन्तर है . bhakta bachchō̃ aur āp gyānī tū ātmā bachchō̃ mē̃ kitnā antar hai . bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] aur āp[pn.pl.] gyānī[adj.] tū ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . devotee child and you gyani you soul child in so difference be[pres.sg.23] .
10There is such a vast difference between all of you, My knowledgeable children and My bhagat children.
10भगत भावना का , अल्पकाल का फल पाकर खुश हो जाते हैं . bhagat bhāvnā kā , alpkāl kā phal pākar khuśh hō jātē haĩ . bhagat[adj.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , alpkāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] pānā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . x feeling of , temporary period of fruit x[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
11Bhagats become very happy when they receive the temporary fruit of their love and devotion.
11वाह-वाह के गीत गाते रहते हैं और आप ज्ञानी तू आत्मायें बच्चे थोड़ा सा अल्पकाल का फल नहीं पाते लेकिन बाप से पूरा वर्सा ले , वर्से के अधिकारी बन जाते हो . vāh-vāh kē|K gīt gātē rahtē haĩ aur āp gyānī tū ātmāyē̃ bachchē thōṛā sā alpkāl kā phal nahī̃ pātē lēkin bāp sē pūrā varsā lē , varsē kē|K adhikārī ban jātē hō . vāh kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] aur āp[pn.pl.] gyānī[adj.] tū ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] alpkāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] pānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] , varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . wah! (of|K) x sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] and you gyani you soul child short x temporary period of fruit not x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but father from full inheritance (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) , inheritance (of|K) (one) who has a right become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
12They continue to sing songs of “Wah, wah!”, whereas you knowledgeable children do not just receive some temporary fruit, but you claim the full inheritance from the Father and become the ones who have all rights.
12तो भक्त आत्मायें और ज्ञानी तू आत्मा बच्चों में कितना अन्तर है ! tō bhakta ātmāyē̃ aur gyānī tū ātmā bachchō̃ mē̃ kitnā antar hai ! tō bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur gyānī[adj.] tū ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! then devotee soul and gyani you soul child in so difference be[pres.sg.23] !
13There is such a vast difference between you knowledgeable children and the bhagats.
13मनाते भक्त भी हैं और मनाने आप भी आये हैं लेकिन मनाने में कितना अन्तर है ! manātē bhakta bhī haĩ aur manānē āp bhī āyē haĩ lēkin manānē mē̃ kitnā antar hai ! manānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! celebrate[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] devotee too be[pres.pl.12hon3] and celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] you too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] in so difference be[pres.sg.23] ! 14शिव जयन्ती मनाने आये हो ना ! śhiv jayantī manānē āyē hō nā ! śhiv jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā ! Shiva Jayanti celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅ !
14The bhagats celebrate Shiv Jayanti and you have also been celebrating it, but there is so much difference in the ways of celebrating.
15भाग-भाग कर आये हैं कोई अमेरिका से , कोई लण्डन से , कोई आस्ट्रेलिया से , कोई एशिया से , कितना स्नेह से आकर पहुंचे हैं . bhāg-bhāg kar āyē haĩ kōī America sē , kōī london sē , kōī Australia sē , kōī ēśhiyā sē , kitnā snēh sē ākar pahuñchē haĩ . bhāg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhāgnā[root] karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+ānā] kōī[pn.;d.] America sē[postp.] , kōī[pn.;d.] London sē[postp.] , kōī[pn.;d.] Australia sē[postp.] , kōī[pn.;d.] ēśhiyā sē[postp.] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[abs.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . (part|run[root]) do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+ānā] some America from , some x from , some Australia from , some Asia from , so love from come[abs.] reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
15All of you have come to celebrate Shiv Jayanti, have you not? 16All of you have come running, some from America, some from London, Australia and Asia. 17You have reached here with so much love.
16तो बापदादा , बाप की जयन्ती साथ में बच्चों की भी जयन्ती है , तो बाप के साथ बच्चों के भी जयन्ती की मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . tō bāpdādā , bāp kī|key jayantī sāth mē̃ bachchō̃ kī|key bhī jayantī hai , tō bāp kē sāth bachchō̃ kē|K bhī jayantī kī|key mubārak hō , mubārak hō , mubārak hō . tō bāpdādā , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then BapDada , father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Jayanti with in child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too Jayanti be[pres.sg.23] , then father with child (of|K) too Jayanti (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
18So, today, it is Baba’s Jayanti and also the children’s jayanti. 19So congratulations, congratulations, congratulations for the jayanti of the Father and also of the children.
17क्योंकि अकेला बाप इस साकार दुनिया में सिवाए बच्चों के कोई भी कार्य कर नहीं सकता . kyōṅki akēlā bāp is sākār duniyā mē̃ sivāē bachchō̃ kē|K kōī bhī kārya kar nahī̃ saktā . kyōṅki akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sivāē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kōī bhī[x] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . because alone father this sakar world in except child (of|K) anyone task do[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
20The Father on His own, without the children, cannot do anything in this corporeal world.
18इतना बच्चों से प्यार है . itnā bachchō̃ sē pyār hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such child from love be[pres.sg.23] .
21He has this much love for the children.
19अकेला कर ही नहीं सकता . akēlā kar hī nahī̃ saktā . akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[root] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . alone do[root] only not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
22He just cannot do anything without the children.
20पहले बच्चों को निमित्त बनाते फिर बैकबोन होकर वा कम्बाइन्ड होकर , करावनहार होकर निमित्त बच्चों से कार्य कराते हैं . pahlē bachchō̃ kō nimitt banātē phir backbone hōkar vā combined hōkar , karāvanhār hōkar nimitt bachchō̃ sē kārya karātē haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] backbone hōnā[abs.] vā combined hōnā[abs.] , karāvanhār hōnā[abs.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x|firstly) child to instrument create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (turn[root]|then) backbone be[abs.] or combined be[abs.] , karavanhar be[abs.] instrument child from task make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
23He first makes the children the instruments and then He Himself becomes the Backbone, He remains combined and as Karavanhar, inspires the children to do everything.
21साकार दुनिया में अकेला , बच्चों के बिना नहीं पसन्द करता . sākār duniyā mē̃ akēlā , bachchō̃ kē|K binā nahī̃ pasand kartā . sākār, sākārī[adj.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā nahī̃[neg] pasand[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . sakar world in alone , child (of|K) without not love do[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
24In the corporeal world, He doesn’t like doing anything without the children.
22निराकारी दुनिया में तो आप बच्चे बाप को अकेला छोड़कर चले जाते हो . nirākārī duniyā mē̃ tō āp bachchē bāp kō akēlā chhōṛkar chalē jātē hō . nirākār[adj.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] tō āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chhōṛnā[abs.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.passive] . incorporeal world in then you child father to alone renounce[abs.] (continue[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.pl.m.2.passive]) .
25In the incorporeal world, you children leave the Father behind all by Himself.
23बाप की आज्ञा से ही जाते हो लेकिन साकार दुनिया में बाप बच्चों के बिना रह नहीं सकते . bāp kī|key āgyā sē hī jātē hō lēkin sākār duniyā mē̃ bāp bachchō̃ kē|K binā rah nahī̃ saktē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āgyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] jānā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin sākār, sākārī[adj.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) order from only go[pres.pl.m.2] but sakar world in father child (of|K) without remain[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
26Of course, you come down on the Father’s instructions, but in the corporeal world, He cannot stay without you children.
24बच्चे जरूर साथ चाहिए . bachchē jarūr sāth chāhiē . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] zarūr sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . child definitely with (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
27Children are definitely needed with the Father.
25बच्चों का भी वायदा है साथ रहेंगे , साथ चलेंगे - सिर्फ निराकारी दुनिया तक . bachchō̃ kā bhī vāydā hai sāth rahē̃gē , sāth chalē̃gē - sirph nirākārī duniyā tak . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - sirph[adj.] nirākār[adj.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] tak . child of too promise be[pres.sg.23] with remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - only incorporeal world until .
28Children have also made a promise: We will stay with You, we will return home with You that is just to the incorporeal world!
26बापदादा देख रहे थे कि सभी बच्चों को बाप की जयन्ती मनाने का कितना उमंग-उत्साह है . bāpdādā dēkh rahē thē ki sabhī bachchō̃ kō bāp kī|key jayantī manānē kā kitnā umaṅg-utsāh hai . bāpdādā dēkhnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada see[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] that all child to father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Jayanti celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] of so zeal and enthusiasm be[pres.sg.23] .
29BapDada was seeing that all the children have so much zeal and enthusiasm to celebrate the Father’s birthday.
27तो बाप भी देखो बच्चों के स्नेह में आपके साथ साकार शरीर का लोन लेकर पहुंच गये हैं . tō bāp bhī dēkhō bachchō̃ kē|K snēh mē̃ āpkē sāth sākār śharīr kā loan lēkar pahuñch gayē haĩ . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] loan lēnā[abs.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . then father too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] child (of|K) love in you[.kē] with sakar body of loan take[abs.] reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
30So, because of the children’s love, Baba Himself has also reached here, having taken support of a corporeal body.
28इसको कहते हैं अलौकिक प्यार . iskō kahtē haĩ alaukik pyār . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] alaukik[adj.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . this[.kō] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] alokik love .
31This is called alokik love.
29बच्चे बाप के बिना नहीं रह सकते और बाप बच्चों के बिना नहीं रह सकते . bachchē bāp kē|K binā nahī̃ rah saktē aur bāp bachchō̃ kē|K binā nahī̃ rah saktē . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā nahī̃[neg] rahnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā nahī̃[neg] rahnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . child father (of|K) without not remain[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and father child (of|K) without not remain[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
32Children cannot stay without the Father and the Father cannot stay without the children.
30प्यार भी अति है और फिर न्यारे भी अति हैं , इसीलिए बाप की महिमा ही है न्यारा और प्यारा . pyār bhī ati hai aur phir nyārē bhī ati haĩ , isīliē bāp kī|key mahimā hī hai nyārā aur pyārā . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ati hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] ati hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , isīliē bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . love too x be[pres.sg.23] and (turn[root]|then) unique too x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) praise only be[pres.sg.23] unique and loving .
33Baba has so much love, but then He is also extremely detached, and this is why His praise is: The loving and detached One.
31बच्चे बाप के लिए बहुत प्रकार की गिफ्ट चाहे कार्ड , चाहे कोई चीज़े , चाहे दिल के उमंग के पत्र , जो भी लाये हैं बाप के पास आज के दिन वतन में सब गिफ्ट का म्युजियम लगा हुआ है . bachchē bāp kē liē bahut prakār kī|key gift chāhē card , chāhē kōī chīzē , chāhē dil kē|K umaṅg kē|K patra , jō bhī lāyē haĩ bāp kē pās āj kē|K din vatan mē̃ sab gift kā museum lagā huā hai . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] bahut prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] card , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kōī[pn.;d.] chīz[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] lānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] gift kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] museum lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . child father for very form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) card , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) some thing , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) heart (of|K) zeal (of|K) x , that too x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] father to today (of|K) day world in all gift of museum (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
34Children have brought lots of gifts, cards, letters written with hopes in the heart especially for this day, and a museum has been set up in the subtle region to display all of this.
32आपका म्युजियम है सेवा का और बाप का म्युजियम है स्नेह का . āpkā museum hai sēvā kā aur bāp kā museum hai snēh kā . āp[pn.pl.kā] museum hōnā[pres.sg.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] museum hōnā[pres.sg.23] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . you[.kā] museum be[pres.sg.23] service of and father of museum be[pres.sg.23] love of .
35Your museum is for service and Baba’s museum is of love.
33तो जो भी सभी लाये हैं वा भेजे हैं सबका स्नेह सम्पन्न गिफ्ट बाप के पास अभी भी म्युजियम लगा हुआ है . tō jō bhī sabhī lāyē haĩ vā bhējē haĩ sabkā snēh sampann gift bāp kē pās abhī bhī museum lagā huā hai . tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] lānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vā bhējnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampann[adj.] gift bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] museum lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then that too all x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] or x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] everyone's love full gift father to now too museum (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
36Whatever each one has brought or sent; all the gifts filled with love, are put in BapDada’s museum.
34जिन्हों को देख-देख बाप हर्षाते रहते हैं . jinhō̃ kō dēkh-dēkh bāp harṣhit rahtē haĩ . jō[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] harṣhit[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that to see[root] father cheerful remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
37Seeing all of this, Baba is very happy.
35चीज़ बड़ी नहीं है लेकिन जब चीज़ में स्नेह भर जाता है तो वह छोटी चीज़ भी बहुत महान बन जाती है . chīz baṛī nahī̃ hai lēkin jab chīz mē̃ snēh bhar jātā hai tō vah chhōṭī chīz bhī bahut mahān ban jātī hai . chīz[n.f.;sg.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin jab chīz[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bharnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] bahut mahān, mahā[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . thing very not be[pres.sg.23] but when thing in love fill[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] then that small thing too very great become[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
38The gift may not be big, but when it is filled with love, even a tiny gift becomes very elevated.
36तो बापदादा चीज़ को नहीं देखते हैं , कागज के कार्ड को या पत्र को नहीं देखते हैं लेकिन उसमें समाये हुए दिल के स्नेह को देखते हैं . tō bāpdādā chīz kō nahī̃ dēkhtē haĩ , kāgaj kē|K card kō yā patra kō nahī̃ dēkhtē haĩ lēkin usmē̃ samāyē huē dil kē|K snēh kō dēkhtē haĩ . tō bāpdādā chīz[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kāġaz[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K card kō[postp.] yā patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin vah[pn.sg.mē̃] samānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then BapDada thing to not see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , paper (of|K) card to or x to not see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but that[.mē̃] merge[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] heart (of|K) love to see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
39So BapDada is not looking at the object, He is not looking at the paper of the card or the letter, but He is looking at the love of the heart merged within that.
37इसीलिए कहा कि बाप के पास स्नेह का म्युजियम है . isīliē kahā ki bāp kē pās snēh kā museum hai . isīliē kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] museum hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that father to love of museum be[pres.sg.23] .
40This is why Baba said that He has a museum of love.
38ऐसा म्युजियम आपके वर्ल्ड में नहीं है . aisā museum āpkē world mē̃ nahī̃ hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] museum āp[pn.pl.kē] world mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such museum you[.kē] world in not be[pres.sg.23] .
41There isn’t a single museum like that in your entire world.
39है ऐसा म्युजियम ? hai aisā museum ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] museum ? be[pres.sg.23] such museum ?
42Do you have such a museum?
40नहीं है . nahī̃ hai . nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . not be[pres.sg.23] .
43You don’t, do you?
41जब बाप एक - एक प्यार की गिफ्ट को देखते हैं तो देखते ही बच्चे की सूरत उसमें दिखाई देती है . jab bāp ēk - ēk pyār kī|key gift kō dēkhtē haĩ tō dēkhtē hī bachchē kī|key sūrat usmē̃ dikhāī dētī hai . jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] - ēk[adj.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sūrat[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] . when father one - one love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift to see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x that[.mē̃] be visible .
44When Baba sees each gift with a lot of love, on seeing it, the image of the child also appears in front of Him.
42ऐसा कैमरा है आपके पास ? aisā camera hai āpkē pās|pass ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] camera hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass ? such camera be[pres.sg.23] you[.kē] (x|pass) ?
45Do you have such a camera?
43नहीं है . nahī̃ hai . nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . not be[pres.sg.23] .
46You don’t, do you?
44गिफ्ट को देखते हुए बापदादा को एक शुभ संकल्प उठा , बतायें ? gift kō dēkhtē huē bāpdādā kō ēk śhubh saṅkalp uṭhā , batāyē̃ ? gift kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] śhubh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|uṭhānā[root] , batānā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? gift to see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] BapDada to one pure and positive thought (wake up[past-part.m.sg.d.]|uplift[root]) , tell[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
47Seeing the gifts, BapDada has a pure thought. 48Should Baba tell you?
45करना पड़ेगा . karnā paṛēgā . karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
49You will then have to do that.
46करेंगे , तैयार हैं ? karē̃gē , taiyār haĩ ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
50Will you fulfil that?
47सोचना नहीं . sōchnā nahī̃ . sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . think[inf.m.sg.d.] not .
51Are you ready for it?
48बापदादा को संकल्प उठा यह गिफ्ट तो बाप के पास पहुंच गई लेकिन साथ में बापदादा को एक और भी गिफ्ट चाहिए . bāpdādā kō saṅkalp uṭhā yah gift tō bāp kē pās pahuñch gaī lēkin sāth mē̃ bāpdādā kō ēk aur bhī gift chāhiē . bāpdādā kō[postp.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|uṭhānā[root] yah[pn.sg.d.] gift tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] lēkin sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] aur bhī[p.] gift chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . BapDada to thought (wake up[past-part.m.sg.d.]|uplift[root]) this gift then father to reach[past-part.f..root+jānā] but with in BapDada to one and too gift (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
52Do not think about it. 53BapDada has the thought that all these gifts have reached Him, but together with these, BapDada also wants another gift.
49आप लोगों की गिफ्ट बहुत अच्छी है लेकिन बापदादा को और भी चाहिए . āp lōgō̃ kī|key gift bahut achchhī hai lēkin bāpdādā kō aur bhī chāhiē . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin bāpdādā kō[postp.] aur bhī[p.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . you people (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift very achcha be[pres.sg.23] but BapDada to and too (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
54The gifts that all of you have given are very good, but BapDada wants something else.
50तो देंगे गिफ्ट ? tō dēgē gift ? tō dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] gift ? then give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] gift ?
55So, will you give this gift?
51वैसे भी यह जो यादगार मनाते हैं , शिव जयन्ती अर्थात् कुछ न कुछ अर्पण करते हैं . vaisē bhī yah jō yādgār manātē haĩ , śhiv jayantī arthāt kuchh na kuchh arpaṇ kartē haĩ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] yādgār[x] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , śhiv jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] arthāt kuchh na[neg] kuchh arpaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x too this that memorial celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , Shiva Jayanti that is anything not anything surrender do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
56In any case, when people celebrate Shiv Jayanti, then they offer something or another.
52बलिहार जाते हैं . balihār jātē haĩ . balihār jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . surrender oneself .
57They surrender themselves.
53तो बापदादा ने सोचा , बलिहार तो सब बच्चे गये हैं . tō bāpdādā nē sōchā , balihār tō sab bachchē gayē haĩ . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , balihār, balihārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sab[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . then BapDada ∅ think[past-part.m.sg.d.] , surrender then all child go[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
58So BapDada thought that all of you children have surrendered yourselves already.
54बलिहार हो गये हैं या अभी थोड़ा-थोड़ा अपने पास सम्भालकर रखा है ? balihār hō gayē haĩ yā abhī thōṛā-thōṛā apnē pās|pass sambhālkar rakhā hai ? balihār, balihārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] yā ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pās|pass sambhālnā[abs.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? surrender be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] or now short one’s own (x|pass) be careful[abs.] keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
59Have you totally surrendered everything, or have you still kept something with yourselves?
55आज के दिन व्रत भी लेते हैं . āj kē|K din vrat bhī lētē haĩ . āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] vrat[x] bhī[p.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . today (of|K) day fast too take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
60Have you kept some things with yourself to look after?
56तो बापदादा को संकल्प आया कि बच्चे जो कभी-कभी थोड़ा सा चलते-चलते थक जाते हैं , मेहनत बहुत महसूस करते हैं या निरन्तर योग लगाना मुश्किल अनुभव करते हैं , सोचते हैं हो तो जायेगा … बाप को दिलासे देते हैं - आप फिकर नहीं करो , हो जायेगा . tō bāpdādā kō saṅkalp āyā ki bachchē jō kabhī-kabhī thōṛā sā chaltē-chaltē thak jātē haĩ , mēhnat bahut mahsūs kartē haĩ yā nirantar yōg lagānā muśhkil anubhav kartē haĩ , sōchtē haĩ hō tō jāyēgā … bāp kō dilāsē dētē haĩ - āp phikar nahī̃ karō , hō jāyēgā . tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] kabhī[adv.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] thaknā, phathaknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] bahut mahsūs karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yā nirantar[x] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō jānā[fut.m.sg.23] … bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dilāsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - āp[pn.pl.] phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . then BapDada to thought come[past-part.m.sg.d.] that child that ever short x continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] become desperate[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , effort very experience[pres.pl.m.12hon3] or x yoga attach[inf.m.sg.d.] difficult experience do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then go[fut.m.sg.23] … father to x give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - you worry not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
61People also observe a fast today. 62So, BapDada has the thought that sometimes, not always, but sometimes, whilst moving along, children become a little tired; they feel that they have to work very hard. 63Or when it comes to having constant yoga, they think: It will happen, it will happen, it is happening, it will happen.
57लेकिन बापदादा को बच्चों की थकावट वा अकेलापन या कभी-कभी , कोई-कोई थोड़ा सा दिलशिकस्त भी हो जाते हैं , पता नहीं हमारा भाग्य है या नहीं है … कभी-कभी ऐसा सोचते हैं तो यह बाप को अच्छा नहीं लगता . lēkin bāpdādā kō bachchō̃ kī|key thakāvaṭ vā akēlāpan yā kabhī-kabhī , kōī-kōī thōṛā sā dilśhikasta bhī hō jātē haĩ , patā nahī̃ hamārā bhāgya hai yā nahī̃ hai … kabhī-kabhī aisā sōchtē haĩ tō yah bāp kō achchhā nahī̃ lagtā . lēkin bāpdādā kō[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key thakāvaṭ, thakān[n.f.;sg.] vā akēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā kabhī[adv.] , kōī[pn.;d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dilśhikast[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ham[pn.pl.kā] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] … kabhī[adv.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . but BapDada to child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) tiredness or x or ever , some short x disheartened too be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , knowledge not we[.kā] x be[pres.sg.23] or not be[pres.sg.23] … ever such think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then this father to achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
64In this way, you give hope to Baba: Baba, don’t worry, it will happen. 65However, Baba does not like it when the children become tired or careless, and sometimes, they even become disheartened and think: I don’t know whether it is in my fortune or not. 66When you sometimes think in this way, BapDada doesn’t like it.
58सबसे ज्यादा बाप को बच्चों की मेहनत अच्छी नहीं लगती . sabsē jyādā bāp kō bachchō̃ kī|key mēhnat achchhī nahī̃ lagtī . sabsē jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.f.] . the most more father to child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) effort achcha not x[pres-part.f.] .
67The thing that Baba doesn’t like the most is seeing the children labour.
59मालिक और मेहनत ! mālik aur mēhnat ! mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] ! master and effort !
68Masters having to labour!
60बाप के भी बालक सो मालिक हैं . bāp kē|K bhī bālak sō mālik haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōnā[root]|sō mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . father (of|K) too x (sleep[root]|x) master be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
69You are the masters who are the children of the Father.
61भगवान के भी मालिक और फिर मेहनत करें ! bhagvān kē|K bhī mālik aur phir mēhnat karē̃ ! bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ! God (of|K) too master and (turn[root]|then) effort do[opt.pl.12hon3] !
70You are, are you not? 71Are you the children who are the masters?
62तो अच्छा लगेगा ? tō achchhā lagēgā ? tō achchhā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? then enjoy ?
72You are even the masters of God.
63सुनना भी अच्छा नहीं लगता . sunnā bhī achchhā nahī̃ lagtā . sunnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . listen[inf.m.sg.d.] too achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
73And so why are you labouring?
64तो बाप को संकल्प आया कि बच्चे बर्थ डे की गिफ्ट तो जरूर देते ही हैं तो क्यों नहीं आज के दिन सभी बच्चे यह गिफ्ट के रूप में दें . tō bāp kō saṅkalp āyā ki bachchē birth day kī|key gift tō jarūr dētē hī haĩ tō kyō̃ nahī̃ āj kē|K din sabhī bachchē yah gift kē|K rūp mē̃ dē̃ . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] birth day[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift tō zarūr dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] gift kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then father to thought come[past-part.m.sg.d.] that child birthday (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift then definitely give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] then why not today (of|K) day all child this gift (of|K) Rup in give[opt.pl.12hon3] .
74Would Baba like this? 75Baba doesn’t like it even when He hears this. 76So Baba had the thought: Why should the children not give a gift today, just as you give a birthday gift.
65वह स्थूल गिफ्ट जो दी वह तो वतन में इमर्ज हो गई , लेकिन निराकारी दुनिया में तो यह गिफ्ट इमर्ज नहीं होगी . vah sthūl gift jō dī|the vah tō vatan mē̃ emerge hō gaī , lēkin nirākārī duniyā mē̃ tō yah gift emerge nahī̃ hōgī . vah[pn.sg.d.] sthūl[adj.] gift jō[pn.;d.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the vah[pn.sg.d.] tō vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] emerge hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] , lēkin nirākār[adj.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] gift emerge nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . that physical gift that (give[past-part.f.]|the) that then world in emerge be[past-part.f..root+jānā] , but incorporeal world in then this gift emerge not be[fut.f.sg.23] .
77However, that physical gift can be emerged in the subtle region, but that gift cannot be made to emerge in the incorporeal world.
66वहाँ तो संकल्प की गिफ्ट पहुंचती है . vahā̃ tō saṅkalp kī|key gift pahuñchtī hai . vahā̃ tō saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift pahuñchnā[pres.sg.f.23] . there then thought (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift reach[pres.sg.f.23] .
78Only the gifts of thoughts will reach there.
67तो बाप को संकल्प आया कि आज के दिन सब बच्चों से गिफ्ट लेनी है . tō bāp kō saṅkalp āyā ki āj kē|K din sab bachchō̃ sē gift lēnī hai . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] gift lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then father to thought come[past-part.m.sg.d.] that today (of|K) day all child from gift take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
79So, today, BapDada has the thought of taking a gift from every child. 80Should Baba take this?
68तो गिफ्ट देंगे या देकर फिर वहाँ जाकर वापस ले लेंगे ? tō gift dēgē yā dēkar phir vahā̃ jākar vāpas lē lē̃gē ? tō gift dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā dēnā[abs.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] vahā̃ jānā[abs.] vāpis, vāpas lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] ? then gift give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or give[abs.] (turn[root]|then) there go[abs.] back take[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] ?
81Will you give this gift? 82Or will you take it back when you return to London?
69कहेंगे , मधुबन का मधुबन में रहा और अपने देश में अपना देश है , ऐसे तो नहीं करेंगे ? kahē̃gē , madhuban kā madhuban mē̃ rahā aur apnē dēśh mē̃ apnā dēśh hai , aisē tō nahī̃ karē̃gē ? kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , Madhuban of Madhuban in (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) and one’s own land in (adopt[root]|one’s own) land be[pres.sg.23] , such then not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
83Would you say: Whatever happened in Madhuban is left behind in Madhuban, and in our land, everything is of this land. 84You will not do this, will you?
70बच्चे बड़े चतुर हो गये हैं . bachchē baṛē chatur hō gayē haĩ . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chatur[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . child very x be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
85Children have become very clever.
71बाप को कहते हैं कि हम चाहते तो नहीं हैं वापस आये , लेकिन आ जाती है . bāp kō kahtē haĩ ki ham chāhtē tō nahī̃ haĩ vāpas āyē , lēkin ā jātī hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vāpis, vāpas ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , lēkin ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . father to say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then not be[pres.pl.12hon3] back (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , but come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
86What do you tell Baba? 87We do not wish for it to come back, but it comes back by itself.
72आ जाती है तो आप स्वीकार क्यों करते हो ? ā jātī hai tō āp svīkār kyō̃ kartē hō ? ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] tō āp[pn.pl.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyō̃ karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] then you acceptance why do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
88If it comes back, why do you accept it? 89It is right that it comes back.
73आ जाती है यह राइट है , लेकिन कोई चीज़ आपको पसन्द नहीं है और कोई जबरदस्ती भी दे तो आप लेंगे या वापस दे देंगे ? ā jātī hai yah right hai , lēkin kōī chīz āpkō pasand nahī̃ hai aur kōī jabardastī bhī dē tō āp lē̃gē yā vāpas dē dēgē ? ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] yah[pn.sg.d.] right hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin kōī[pn.;d.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kō] pasand[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur kōī[x] jabardastī bhī[p.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] tō āp[pn.pl.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā vāpis, vāpas dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] ? come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] this right be[pres.sg.23] , but some thing you[.kō] love not be[pres.sg.23] someone else x too (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) then you take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or back give[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] ?
90However, if someone is forcing you to take something that you do not like, would you accept it or would you give it back? 91You would return it, would you not?
74वापस देंगे ना ? vāpas dēgē nā ? vāpis, vāpas dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ? back give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ ?
92So why do you accept it?
75तो स्वीकार क्यों करते हो ? tō svīkār kyō̃ kartē hō ? tō svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyō̃ karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? then acceptance why do[pres.pl.m.2] ? 76माया तो वापस लायेगी लेकिन आप स्वीकार नहीं करो . māyā tō vāpas lāyēgī lēkin āp svīkār nahī̃ karō . māyā[n.f.;sg.] tō vāpis, vāpas lānā[fut.f.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Maya then back x[fut.f.sg.23] but you acceptance not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
93Maya will bring it back to you, but you should not accept it. 94Do you have this courage?
77ऐसी हिम्मत है ? aisī himmat hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? such courage be[pres.sg.23] ? 78सोचकर कहो . sōchkar kahō . sōchnā[abs.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . think[abs.] say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
95Reply after considering it carefully.
79फिर वहाँ जाकर नहीं कहना - बाबा क्या करूं , चाहते नहीं हैं लेकिन हो गया . phir vahā̃ jākar nahī̃ kahnā - bābā kyā karū̃ , chāhtē nahī̃ haĩ lēkin hō gayā . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] vahā̃ jānā[abs.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - bābā kyā karnā[opt.sg.1] , chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . (turn[root]|then) there go[abs.] not say[inf.m.sg.d.] - Baba what do[opt.sg.1] , x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
96Then, when you return home, do not say: Baba, what can I do? 97I didn’t want it to happen, but it came back.
80ऐसे पत्र तो नहीं लिखेंगे ? aisē patra tō nahī̃ likhē̃gē ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] likhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? such x then not write[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
98You will not write such letters, will you?
81आपकी हिम्मत और बाप की मदद . āpkī himmat aur bāp kī|key madad . āp[pn.pl.kī] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] . you[.kī] courage and father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x .
99No. 100Maintain your courage and take Baba’s help.
82हिम्मत कम नहीं करना फिर देखो बाप की मदद मिलती है या नहीं . himmat cum|kam nahī̃ karnā phir dēkhō bāp kī|key madad miltī hai yā nahī̃ . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] yā nahī̃[neg] . courage (x|less) not do[inf.m.sg.d.] (turn[root]|then) see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x receive[pres.sg.f.23] or not .
101Do not let go of your courage and then see whether you receive Baba’s help or not.
83सभी को अनुभव भी है कि हिम्मत रखने से बाप की मदद समय पर मिलती है और मिलनी ही है , गैरन्टी है . sabhī kō anubhav bhī hai ki himmat rakhnē sē bāp kī|key madad samay par miltī hai aur milnī hī hai , guarantee hai . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur milnā[inf.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , guarantee hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all to experience too be[pres.sg.23] that courage keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] from father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x time (at|other) receive[pres.sg.f.23] and receive[inf.f.] only be[pres.sg.23] , guarantee be[pres.sg.23] .
102All of you have the experience that by keeping courage whenever it is needed, Baba definitely helps and you will continue to receive help. 103This is guaranteed.
84हिम्मत आपकी मदद बाप की . himmat āpkī madad bāp kī|key . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] madad[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . courage you[.kī] x father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
104It has to be your courage and there will be Baba’s help.
85तो संकल्प क्या हुआ ? tō saṅkalp kyā huā ? tō saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then thought what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
105So what was the thought?
86चेहरे देख रहे हैं - हिम्मत है या नहीं है ! chēhrē dēkh rahē haĩ - himmat hai yā nahī̃ hai ! chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! face see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - courage be[pres.sg.23] or not be[pres.sg.23] !
106Baba is seeing everyone’s face and seeing whether you have courage or not.
87हिम्मत वाले तो हो , क्योंकि अगर हिम्मत नहीं होती तो बाप के बनते नहीं . himmat vālē tō hō , kyōṅki agar himmat nahī̃ hōtī tō bāp kē|K bantē nahī̃ . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kyōṅki agar himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bannā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] . courage those who then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , because if courage not be[pres-part.f.] then father (of|K) become[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not .
107All of you do have courage. 108Why? 109If you didn’t have courage, you would not have belonged to Baba.
88बन गये - इससे सिद्ध होता है कि हिम्मत है . ban gayē - issē siddha hōtā hai ki himmat hai . bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] - yah[pn.sg.sē] siddh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] - this[.sē] successful be[pres.sg.m.23] that courage be[pres.sg.23] .
110You now belong to Baba and this proves that you have courage.
89सिर्फ छोटी सी बात करते हो कि समय पर हिम्मत को थोड़ा सा भूल जाते हो . sirph chhōṭī see|sī|C bāt kartē hō ki samay par himmat kō thōṛā sā bhūl jātē hō . sirph[adj.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhūl jānā[pres.pl.m.2] . only small (see|x) matter do[pres.pl.m.2] that time (at|other) courage to short x x[pres.pl.m.2] .
111You just make a small mistake and that is, at the moment of need, you forget to have courage.
90जब कुछ हो जाता है ना तो पीछे हिम्मत वा मदद याद आती है . jab kuchh hō jātā hai nā tō pīchhē himmat vā madad yād ātī hai . jab kuchh hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] nā tō pīchhē himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā madad[n.f.;sg.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . when anything be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ∅ then x courage or x remembrance come[pres.sg.f.23] .
112When something happens, you remember courage and help after the situation has passed.
91समय पर सब शक्तियां , समय प्रमाण यूज करना इसको कहा जाता है ज्ञानी तू आत्मा , योगी तू आत्मा . samay par sab śhaktiyā̃ , samay pramāṇ use karnā iskō kahā jātā hai gyānī tū ātmā , yōgī tū ātmā . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sab[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] use karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] gyānī[adj.] tū ātmā[n.f.;sg.] , yōgī[x] tū ātmā[n.f.;sg.] . time (at|other) all Shakti , time (under) use do[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) gyani you soul , yogi you soul .
113To be able to use all the powers at the right time, according to the time is known as being a gyani soul and a yogi soul.
92बापदादा को एक बात की बहुत खुशी है , पता है किस बात की ? bāpdādā kō ēk bāt kī|key bahut khuśhī hai , patā hai kis bāt kī|key ? bāpdādā kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahut khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ? BapDada to one matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very happiness be[pres.sg.23] , knowledge be[pres.sg.23] (what|who) matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ?
114BapDada is very happy about one thing: Do you know what that is?
93बोलो . bōlō . bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
115Speak!
94 ( बहुतों ने सुनाया ) सब ठीक बोल रहे हो लेकिन बाप का संकल्प और है . ( bahutō̃ nē sunāyā ) sab ṭhīk bōl rahē hō lēkin bāp kā saṅkalp aur hai . ( bahut[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) sab[adj.] ṭhīk[adj.] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( very ∅ speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) all OK speak[pres.pl.m.prog.2] but father of thought and be[pres.sg.23] .
116What all of you are saying is right, but BapDada’s thought is something else.
95आप बहुत गुह्य सुना रहे हो , नॉलेजफुल हो गये हो ना . āp bahut guhya sunā rahē hō , knowledgeful hō gayē hō nā . āp[pn.pl.] bahut guhya[adj.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , knowledgeful hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] nā . you very deep speak[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , knowledgeful be[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ∅ .
117What all of you are saying is very deep, since all of you have become knowledgefull, haven’t you?
96बापदादा खुश हो रहे थे कि कई बच्चों ने पत्र और चिटकी लिखी है कि हम 108 में आयेंगे , बहुत चिटकियां आई हैं . bāpdādā khuśh hō rahē thē ki kaī bachchō̃ nē patra aur chiṭkī likhī hai ki ham 108 mē̃ āyēṅgē , bahut chiṭkiyā̃ āī haĩ . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] ki[conj.] kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chiṭkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] likhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] 108 mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , bahut chiṭkī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . BapDada happy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) remain[past-perf.pl.m.] that some child ∅ x and little note write[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that we 108 in come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , very little note come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .
118BapDada is happy that some children have sent letters and cards stating that they would become part of the 108. Many little notes like this have come.
97बापदादा ने सोचा जब इतने 108 में आयेंगे , तो 108 की माला पांच लड़ियों की बनानी पड़ेगी . bāpdādā nē sōchā jab itnē 108 mē̃ āyēṅgē , tō 108 kī|key mālā pāñch laṛiyō̃ kī|key banānī paṛēgī . bāpdādā nē[postp.] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jab itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] 108 mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , tō 108 karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] pañch[adj.] laṛī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key banānā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . BapDada ∅ think[past-part.m.sg.d.] when such 108 in come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , then 108 (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland five string (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) create[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] .
119BapDada thought that since so many have sent their names, the garland of 108 will have to be prepared with 5 strings.
98तो 5 - 6-7-8 लड़ियों की माला बनायें ना ? tō 5 - 6-7-8 laṛiyō̃ kī|key mālā banāyē̃ nā ? tō 5 - 6-7-8 laṛī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] banānā[opt.pl.12hon3] nā ? then 5 - 6-7-8 string (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland create[opt.pl.12hon3] ∅ ?
120Should we make the garland of 5, 6, 7 or 8 strings?
99जिन्होंने संकल्प किया है , लक्ष्य रखा है बहुत अच्छा है . jinhōnnē saṅkalp kiyā hai , lakṣhya rakhā hai bahut achchhā hai . jō[pn.pl.nē] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that[.nē] thought do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , aim keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
121It is very good that you have had this thought and kept the aim.
100लेकिन सिर्फ इस संकल्प को बीच-बीच में दृढ़ करते रहना . lēkin sirph is saṅkalp kō bīch-bīch mē̃ dr̥iṛh kartē rahnā . lēkin sirph[adj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] dr̥iṛh[adj.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . but only this thought to x determined do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
122However, continue to make this thought firm every now and again.
101ढीला नहीं करना . ḍhīlā nahī̃ karnā . ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
123Do not let it become slack.
102ऐसे तो नहीं कहेंगे माया आ गई - अब पता नहीं आयेंगे या नहीं ! aisē tō nahī̃ kahē̃gē māyā ā gaī - ab patā nahī̃ āyēṅgē yā nahī̃ ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] - ab[adv.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā nahī̃[neg] ! such then not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] Maya come[past-part.f..root+jānā] - now knowledge not come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or not !
124You will not say, Maya has come, will you? 125Don’t say: “I don’t know whether I will come in that or not?
103पता नहीं , पता नहीं … नहीं करना . patā nahī̃ , patā nahī̃ … nahī̃ karnā . patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] … nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . knowledge not , knowledge not … not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
126Will I become part of the rosary or not?
104पता कर लिया , आना ही है . patā kar liyā , ānā hī hai . patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . knowledge do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] .
127Do not say, “I don’t know...., I don’t know....”
105दृढ़ता का ठप्पा लगाते रहना . dr̥iṛhtā kā ṭhappā lagātē rahnā . dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ṭhappā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . determination of stamp attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
128You now know that you will come (in the rosary of 108).
106हाँ मुझे आना ही है , कुछ भी हो जाए , मेरा निश्चय अटल है , अखण्ड है . hā̃ mujhē ānā hī hai , kuchh bhī hō jāē , mērā niśhchay aṭal hai , akhaṇḍ hai . hā̃ maĩ[pn.sg.kō] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aṭal[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , akhaṇḍ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . yes I[.kō] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] , anything be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , I[.kā] faith unshakeable be[pres.sg.23] , constant be[pres.sg.23] .
129Continue to stamp the thought with determination. 130“Yes, I have to become part of this rosary, no matter what happens.
107ऐसा अटल-अखण्ड निश्चय है ? aisā aṭal-akhaṇḍ niśhchay hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aṭal-akhaṇḍ[adj.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? such unshakeable and immovable faith be[pres.sg.23] ?
131My faith is unshakable and unbreakable.”
108तो माया को हिलाने के लिए भेजें ? tō māyā kō hilānē kē liē bhējē̃ ? tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] hilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] bhējnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? then Maya to make fluctuate[inf.m.pl.,o.] for x[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
132Should Baba send Maya to shake you?
109नहीं ? nahī̃ ? nahī̃[neg] ? not ?
133No?
110डरते हो ? ḍartē hō ? ḍarnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? have fear[pres.pl.m.2] ?
134Are you afraid?
111माया आपसे डरती है और आप माया से डरते हो ? māyā āpsē ḍartī hai aur āp māyā sē ḍartē hō ? māyā[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.sē] ḍarnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur āp[pn.pl.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ḍarnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? Maya you[.sē] have fear[pres.sg.f.23] and you Maya from have fear[pres.pl.m.2] ?
135You are afraid of Maya and Maya is afraid of you.
112माया अपने दरवाजे देखती है , यहाँ खुला हुआ है , यहाँ खुला हुआ है . māyā apnē darvājē dēkhtī hai , yahā̃ khulā huā hai , yahā̃ khulā huā hai . māyā[n.f.;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] darvājā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.f.23] , yahā̃ khulnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|khulā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , yahā̃ khulnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|khulā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Maya one’s own door see[pres.sg.f.23] , here (open up[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , here (open up[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
136Maya looks at your doors to see which doors are open. 137This door is open, this door is open.
113ढूंढती रहती है . ḍhūṇḍhtī rahtī hai . ḍhūṇḍhnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] . discover[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
138She continues to look for open doors.
114आप घबराते क्यों हो ? āp ghabrātē kyō̃ hō ? āp[pn.pl.] ghabrānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyō̃ hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? you be afraid[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] why (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
139So why are you afraid?
115माया कुछ नहीं है . māyā kuchh nahī̃ hai . māyā[n.f.;sg.] kuchh nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Maya anything not be[pres.sg.23] .
140Maya is nothing.
116कुछ नहीं कहो तो कुछ नहीं हो जायेगी . kuchh nahī̃ kahō tō kuchh nahī̃ hō jāyēgī . kuchh nahī̃[neg] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kuchh nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . anything not say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then anything not be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
141If you say, Maya is nothing, it will become nothing.
117आ नहीं सकती , आ नहीं सकती , तो आ नहीं सकती . ā nahī̃ saktī , ā nahī̃ saktī , tō ā nahī̃ saktī . ānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.f.] , ānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.f.] , tō ānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.f.] . come[root] not can[pres-part.f.] , come[root] not can[pres-part.f.] , then come[root] not can[pres-part.f.] .
142If you say, Maya cannot come, Maya cannot come, she will not be able to come.
118क्या करें … ? kyā karē̃ … ? kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] … ? what do[opt.pl.12hon3] … ?
143What should I do?
119तो माया का दरवाजा खोला , आह्वान किया . tō māyā kā darvājā khōlā , āhvān kiyā . tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] darvājā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , āhvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then Maya of door open[past-part.m.sg.d.] , invocation do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
144In this way, you open the door to Maya and invoke her.
120तो अच्छी बात है कि बहुत बच्चों ने 108 में आने की प्रॉमिस किया है . tō achchhī bāt hai ki bahut bachchō̃ nē 108 mē̃ ānē kī|key promise kiyā hai . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] bahut bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] 108 mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key promise karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then achcha matter be[pres.sg.23] that very child ∅ 108 in (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) promise do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
145It is a good thing that many children have made a promise to the Father. 146You have made this promise, have you not?
121किया है ना ? kiyā hai nā ? karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ? do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ ? 122जिन्होंने कहा है कि हम 108 में आयेंगे - वह लम्बा हाथ उठाओ . jinhōnnē kahā hai ki ham 108 mē̃ āyēṅgē - vah lambā hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.pl.nē] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] 108 mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - vah[pn.sg.d.] lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.nē] say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that we 108 in come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - that x raise your hands .
147Out of all of you sitting here, all those who said that you would come in the 108, raise your hands.
123अच्छी तरह से ड्रिल करो . achchhī tarah sē drill karō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] drill karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha x from drill do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
148Raise your hands high.
124बहुत अच्छा , मुबारक हो . bahut achchhā , mubārak hō . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . very achcha , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
149Perform this drill very well. 150Very good.
125यह नहीं सोचो कि 108 में कितने आयेंगे , हम कहाँ आयेंगे - यह नहीं सोचो . yah nahī̃ sōchō ki 108 mē̃ kitnē āyēṅgē , ham kahā̃ āyēṅgē - yah nahī̃ sōchō . yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] 108 mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , ham[pn.pl.] kahā̃ ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this not think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that 108 in so come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , we where come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - this not think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
151Congratulations. 152Do not think: How many will come in the 108. How will it be possible for me to come in this?
126पहले गिनती करने लग जाते हैं - दादी आयेंगी , दीदी आयेंगी , फिर दादे भी आयेंगे , एडवांस पार्टी वाले भी आयेंगे . pahlē gintī karnē lag jātē haĩ - dādī āyēṅgī , dīdī āyēṅgī , phir dādē bhī āyēṅgē , advance party vālē bhī āyēṅgē . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] ginnā[pres-part.f.]|gintī[x] karnā[root.inf+lagnā] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] dādā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , advance party[x] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (x|firstly) (x[pres-part.f.]|x) do[root.inf+lagnā] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - Dadi come[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , didi come[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , (turn[root]|then) Dada too come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , advance party those who too come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
153Do not think in this way. 154You start to count first: Dadis will come in this, then there will be the Dadas, then those of the advance party.
127हमारा नम्बर आयेगा या नहीं , पता नहीं ! hamārā number āyēgā yā nahī̃ , patā nahī̃ ! ham[pn.pl.kā] number ānā[fut.m.sg.23] yā nahī̃[neg] , patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ! we[.kā] number come[fut.m.sg.23] or not , knowledge not !
155I don’t know whether my number will come or not.
128बापदादा ने कहा कि बापदादा 8-10 लड़ों की माला बना देंगे , इसलिए आप यह चिंता नहीं करो . bāpdādā nē kahā ki bāpdādā 8-10 laṛō̃ kī|key mālā banā dēgē , isliē āp yah chintā nahī̃ karō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bāpdādā 8-10 laṛ[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] , isliē āp[pn.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] chintā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that BapDada 8-10 string (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland create[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] , therefore you this worry not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
156BapDada has told you that He would then make a rosary of 8 to 10 strings. 157Therefore, you should not worry about this.
129औरों को नहीं देखो , आपको नम्बर मिल ही जाना है , यह बाप की गैरन्टी है . aurō̃ kō nahī̃ dēkhō , āpkō number mil hī jānā hai , yah bāp kī|key guarantee hai . aurō̃ kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.kō] number milnā[root] hī[p.] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key guarantee hōnā[pres.sg.23] . others to not see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you[.kō] number receive[root] only (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) , this father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) guarantee be[pres.sg.23] .
158Do not look at others, you will receive your number. 159This is Baba’s guarantee.
130आप किनारा नहीं करना . āp kinārā nahī̃ karnā . āp[pn.pl.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . you x not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
160Do not step aside by thinking in this way.
131माला के बीच में धागा खाली नहीं करना . mālā kē|K bīch mē̃ dhāgā khālī nahī̃ karnā . mālā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bīch mē̃[postp.] dhāgā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khālī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . garland (of|K) centre in thread empty not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
161Do not let the thread of the rosary remain empty inbetween.
132एक दाना बीच से टूट जाए , निकल जाए तो माला अच्छी नहीं लगेगी . ēk dānā bīch sē ṭūṭ jāē , nikal jāē tō mālā achchhī nahī̃ lagēgī . ēk[adj.] dānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bīch sē[postp.] ṭūṭnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , nikalnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] tō mālā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[fut.f.sg.23] . one bead centre from break[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , be extracted[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] then garland achcha not x[fut.f.sg.23] .
162If one bead was to be removed from inbetween or if the bead in the middle was to break, the garland would not be good.
133सिर्फ यह नहीं करना , बाकी बाबा की गैरन्टी है आप जरूर आयेंगे . sirph yah nahī̃ karnā , bākī bābā kī|key guarantee hai āp jarūr āyēṅgē . sirph[adj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bākī|bākī bābā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key guarantee hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.] zarūr ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . only this not do[inf.m.sg.d.] , (but|others) Baba (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) guarantee be[pres.sg.23] you definitely come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
163Do not do this. 164However, Baba guarantees that you will definitely come in the rosary.
134आज तो मनाने आये हैं , मुरली चलाने थोड़ेही आये हैं . āj tō manānē āyē haĩ , murlī chalānē thōṛēhī āyē haĩ . āj tō manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] thōṛēhī ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . today then celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , flute x[inf.m.pl.,o.] not come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
165Today, Baba has come to celebrate, He has not come to conduct a murli, Baba has come to celebrate today.
135तो और जो भी हो वह माला में आ जाओ , 108 की माला में सबको वेलकम है . tō aur jō bhī hō vah mālā mē̃ ā jāō , 108 kī|key mālā mē̃ sabkō welcome hai . tō aur jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , 108 karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sabkō welcome hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then and that too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that garland in come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , 108 (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland in everything welcome be[pres.sg.23] . 136यह तो भक्ति मार्ग वालों ने 108 की माला बना ली . yah tō bhakti mārg vālō̃ nē 108 kī|key mālā banā lī . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bhakti mārg[x] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] 108 karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] bannā[past-part.f..past-part+lēnā]|banānā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] . this then path of devotion those who ∅ 108 (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland (become[past-part.f..past-part+lēnā]|create[past-part.f..root+lēnā]) . 137बापदादा तो कितनी भी बढ़ा सकता है . bāpdādā tō kitnī bhī baṛhā saktā hai . bāpdādā tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] baṛhānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . BapDada then so too increase[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
166Anyone else who wants to can also become part of the rosary, all of you are welcome in the rosary of 108. It is the people of the path of bhakti who have created the rosary of 108. BapDada can increase it as much as He wants.
138सिर्फ इसमें गिफ्ट तो बाप जरूर लेगा , गिफ्ट को नहीं छोड़ेगा . sirph ismē̃ gift tō bāp jarūr lēgā , gift kō nahī̃ chhōṛēgā . sirph[adj.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] gift tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] zarūr lēnā[fut.m.sg.23] , gift kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] . only this[.mē̃] gift then father definitely take[fut.m.sg.23] , gift to not renounce[fut.m.sg.23] .
167But for this, Baba will definitely take a gift from you. 168He will not go without the gift.
139छोटी सी गिफ्ट है कोई बड़ी नहीं है , क्योंकि बाप ने सभी बच्चों का 6 मास का चार्ट देखा . chhōṭī see|sī|C gift hai kōī baṛī nahī̃ hai , kyōṅki bāp nē sabhī bachchō̃ kā 6 mās kā chart dēkhā . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C gift hōnā[pres.sg.23] kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] 6 mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chart dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . small (see|x) gift be[pres.sg.23] some very not be[pres.sg.23] , because father ∅ all child of 6 (month|x) of chart see[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
169It is just a little gift. 170It is not a big thing, because Baba has seen the chart for the last 6 months of all the children.
140तो क्या देखा ? tō kyā dēkhā ? tō kyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then what see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
171So what did Baba see?
141अगर कोई भी बच्चे थोड़ा भी नीचे-ऊपर होते हैं , अचल से हलचल में आते हैं तो उसका कारण सिर्फ 3 बातें मुख्य हैं , वही तीन बातें भिन्न-भिन्न समस्या या परिस्थिति बनकर आती हैं . agar kōī bhī bachchē thōṛā bhī nīchē-ūpar hōtē haĩ , achal sē halchal mē̃ ātē haĩ tō uskā kāraṇ sirph 3 bātē̃ mukhya haĩ , vahī tīn bātē̃ bhinn-bhinn samasyā yā paristhiti bankar ātī haĩ . agar kōī bhī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] nīchē-ūpar hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , achal sē[postp.] halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.kā] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sirph[adj.] 3 bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] mukhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vahī tīn[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhinn[adj.] samasyā[n.f.;sg.] yā paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[abs.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . if anyone child short too fluctuation be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , unshakeable from upheaval in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then that[.kā] because only 3 matter main be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this x matter different problem or circumstances become[abs.] come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
172If some children fluctuate even a little, if they come into fluctuation from being completely unshakable, there are three main reasons for this. 173The same three things come in front of you as different problems or situations. 174What are those three things?
142वह तीन बातें क्या हैं ? vah tīn bātē̃ kyā haĩ ? vah[pn.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? that x matter what be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
175To think of anything impure or wasteful.
143अशुभ वा व्यर्थ सोचना . aśhubh vā vyarth sōchnā . aśhubh[adj.] vā vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . impure or wasteful think[inf.m.sg.d.] . 144अशुभ वा व्यर्थ बोलना और अशुभ वा व्यर्थ करना . aśhubh vā vyarth bōlnā aur aśhubh vā vyarth karnā . aśhubh[adj.] vā vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur aśhubh[adj.] vā vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . impure or wasteful speak[inf.m.sg.d.] and impure or wasteful do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
176To speak of anything impure or wasteful, and to do anything impure or wasteful. 177To think, to speak and to do.
145सोचना , बोलना और करना - इसमें टाइम वेस्ट बहुत होता है . sōchnā , bōlnā aur karnā - ismē̃ time west|waste bahut hōtā hai . sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bōlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - yah[pn.sg.mē̃] time west|waste bahut hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . think[inf.m.sg.d.] , speak[inf.m.sg.d.] and do[inf.m.sg.d.] - this[.mē̃] time (west|waste) very be[pres.sg.m.23] .
178Now, there aren’t so many sinful actions being performed; they are being performed, but less.
146अभी विकर्म कम होते हैं , व्यर्थ ज्यादा होते हैं . abhī vikarma kam hōtē haĩ , vyarth jyādā hōtē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] vikarm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kam hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now sin decrease , wasteful more be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
179The number of wasteful actions being performed is greater.
147व्यर्थ का तूफान हिला देता है और पहले सोच में आता है , फिर बोल में आता है , फिर कर्म में आता है और रिजल्ट में देखा तो किसी का बोल और कर्म में नहीं आता है लेकिन सोचने में बहुत आता है . vyarth kā tūphān hilā dētā hai aur pahlē sōch mē̃ ātā hai , phir bōl mē̃ ātā hai , phir karma mē̃ ātā hai aur result mē̃ dēkhā tō kisī kā bōl aur karma mē̃ nahī̃ ātā hai lēkin sōchnē mē̃ bahut ātā hai . vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tūphān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|hilānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] aur pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sōchnā[root] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] aur result mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bahut ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . wasteful of storm (x[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|make fluctuate[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) and (x|firstly) think[root] in come[pres.sg.m.23] , (turn[root]|then) (x|speak[root]) in come[pres.sg.m.23] , (turn[root]|then) deed in come[pres.sg.m.23] and result in see[past-part.m.sg.d.] then (anything|some) of (x|speak[root]) and deed in not come[pres.sg.m.23] but think[inf.m.pl.,o.] in very come[pres.sg.m.23] .
180The storms of waste make you fluctuate; it first enters your thoughts and then your words. 181Then it comes into actions. 182As a result, Baba saw that some do not do this through words and actions, but they do think in this way a great deal. 183A lot of time is wasted in this.
148जो समय बनाने का है , वह सोचने में बीत जाता है . jō samay banānē kā hai , vah sōchnē mē̃ bīt jātā hai . jō[pn.;d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bītnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . that time create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of be[pres.sg.23] , that think[inf.m.pl.,o.] in pass[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
184The time that you have for accumulating is spent in thinking.
149तो बापदादा आज यह तीन बातें सोचना , बोलना और करना - इनकी गिफ्ट सभी से लेने चाहते हैं . tō bāpdādā āj yah tīn bātē̃ sōchnā , bōlnā aur karnā - inkī gift sabhī sē lēnē chāhtē haĩ . tō bāpdādā āj yah[pn.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bōlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - yah[pn.pl.kī] gift sab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then BapDada today this x matter think[inf.m.sg.d.] , speak[inf.m.sg.d.] and do[inf.m.sg.d.] - this[.kī] gift all from take[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
185So today, BapDada wants the gift of these three things from everyone: of thinking, speaking and doing.
150तैयार हैं ? taiyār haĩ ? taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ? 151जिन्होंने दे दी वह हाथ उठाओ . jinhōnnē dē dī vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.pl.nē] dēnā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.nē] give[past-part.f..root+dēnā] that raise your hands .
186Those who have already given this, raise your hands!
152हाथ का वीडियो अच्छी तरह से एक-एक साइड का निकालो . hāth kā video achchhī tarah sē ēk-ēk side kā nikālō . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] video achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] side kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . hand of x achcha x from one side of x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
187Take a video of the raised hands very clearly. 188Take a video of every side.
153बड़ा हाथ उठाओ . baṛā hāth uṭhāō . baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . very raise your hands .
189Raise your hands high.
154ड्रिल नहीं करते हो इसीलिए मोटे हो जाते हो . drill nahī̃ kartē hō isīliē mōṭē hō jātē hō . drill nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] isīliē mōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . drill not do[pres.pl.m.2] x gross be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
190You do not perform the drill so much and this is why you put on weight.
155अच्छा-सभी ने यह दे दिया . acchā-sabhī nē yah dē diyā . x nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . x ∅ this give[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] .
191Achcha, everyone’s video has been taken.
156वापस नहीं लेना . vāpas nahī̃ lēnā . vāpis, vāpas nahī̃[neg] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . back not take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
192Achcha, everyone has given this gift.
157यह नहीं कहना कि मुख से निकल गया , क्या करें ? yah nahī̃ kahnā ki mukh sē nikal gayā , kyā karē̃ ? yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? this not say[inf.m.sg.d.] that mouth from be extracted[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , what do[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
193Do not take it back. 194Do not say, it just emerged from my lips, so what can I do?
158मुख पर दृढ़ संकल्प का बटन लगा दो . mukh par dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kā button lagā dō . mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] button lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . mouth (at|other) determined thought of button attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
195Put a button of determined thought on your lips.
159दृढ़ संकल्प का बटन तो है ना ? dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kā button tō hai nā ? dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] button tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? determined thought of button then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
196You have the button of determined thoughts, do you not?
160क्योंकि बापदादा को बच्चों से प्यार है ना . kyōṅki bāpdādā kō bachchō̃ sē pyār hai nā . kyōṅki bāpdādā kō[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . because BapDada to child from love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
197BapDada has great love for the children.
161तो प्यार की निशानी है , प्यार वाले की मेहनत देख नहीं सकते . tō pyār kī|key niśhānī hai , pyār vālē kī|key mēhnat dēkh nahī̃ saktē . tō pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . then love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] , love those who (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) effort see[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
198So the sign of love is that you cannot bear to see the one you love having to labour.
162बापदादा तो उस समय यही सोचते कि बापदादा साकार में जाकर इनको कुछ बोले , लेकिन अब तो आकारी , निराकारी है . bāpdādā tō us samay yahī sōchtē ki bāpdādā sākār mē̃ jākar inkō kuchh bōlē , lēkin ab tō ākārī , nirākārī hai . bāpdādā tō vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahī[pn.;d.] sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] bāpdādā sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[abs.] yah[pn.pl.kō] kuchh bōlnā[opt.sg.23]|bōlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , lēkin ab[adv.] tō ākārī, ākār[x] , nirākār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada then that time this think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that BapDada sakar in go[abs.] this[.kō] anything (speak[opt.sg.23]|speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , but now then subtle , incorporeal be[pres.sg.23] .
199At that time, BapDada has the thought that He would go to the corporeal world and say something to that child, but then He is in the subtle or incorporeal form.
163बिल्कुल सभी मेहनत से दूर मुहब्बत के झूले में झूलते रहो . bilkul sabhī mēhnat sē dūr muhabbat kē|K jhūlē mē̃ jhūltē rahō . bilkul[adv.] sab[adv.hī] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] sē dūr[x] muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jhūlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . at all all effort distant from love (of|K) (swing[opt.sg.23]|swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing) in swing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
200All of you should constantly continue to swing in the swing of love and distance yourself from having to labour.
164जब मुहब्बत के झूले में झूलते रहेंगे तो मेहनत समाप्त हो जायेगी . jab muhabbat kē|K jhūlē mē̃ jhūltē rahē̃gē tō mēhnat samāpt hō jāyēgī . jab muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jhūlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] tō mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . when love (of|K) (swing[opt.sg.23]|swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing) in swing[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] then effort finished be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
201When you continually swing in the swing of love, all labouring will be finished.
165मेहनत को खत्म करें , खत्म करें नहीं सोचो . mēhnat kō khatm karē̃ , khatm karē̃ nahī̃ sōchō . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . effort to finished do[opt.pl.12hon3] , finished do[opt.pl.12hon3] not think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
202Do not keep on thinking: I want to stop having to labour, I want to stop this.
166सिर्फ मुहब्बत के झूले में बैठ जाओ , मेहनत आपेही छूट जायेगी . sirph muhabbat kē|K jhūlē mē̃ baiṭh jāō , mēhnat āpēhī chhūṭ jāyēgī . sirph[adj.] muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] āpēhī chhūṭnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . only love (of|K) (swing[opt.sg.23]|swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing) in sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , effort automatically let go[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
203Simply sit in the swing of love and your labouring will automatically stop.
167छोड़ने की कोशिश नहीं करो , बैठने की , झूलने की कोशिश करो . chhōṛnē kī|key kōśhiśh nahī̃ karō , baiṭhnē kī|key , jhūlnē kī|key kōśhiśh karō . chhōṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , jhūlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . renounce[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) try not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , swing[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
204Do not try to stop that, but instead try to sit and swing in the swings.
168शिव जयन्ती अर्थात् बच्चों के मेहनत समाप्त की जयन्ती . śhiv jayantī arthāt bachchō̃ kē|K mēhnat samāpt kī jayantī . śhiv jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] arthāt bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] samāpt karnā[past-part.f.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . Shiva Jayanti that is child (of|K) effort x Jayanti . 169ठीक है ना ? ṭhīk hai nā ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
205Shiv Jayanti means the jayanti of stopping all hard work.
170बाप को भी बच्चों पर फेथ है . bāp kō bhī bachchō̃ par faith hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] faith hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father to too child (at|other) faith be[pres.sg.23] .
206Baba has faith in the children.
171पता नहीं कैसे कोई-कोई किनारा कर लेते हैं जो बाप को भी पता नहीं पड़ता . patā nahī̃ kaisē kōī-kōī kinārā kar lētē haĩ jō bāp kō bhī patā nahī̃ paṛtā . patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . knowledge not how some x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] that father to too knowledge not fall[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
207Sometimes, some of you step away from Baba, but even Baba cannot understand how you stepped away.
172छत्रछाया के अन्दर बैठे रहो . chhatrachhāyā kē|K andar baiṭhē rahō . chhatrachhāyā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K andar baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+rahnā] . canopy of protection (of|K) inside sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+rahnā] .
208Simply remain seated under the canopy.
173ब्राह्मण जीवन का अर्थ ही है झूलना , माया में नहीं . brāhmaṇ jīvan kā arth|earth hī hai jhūlnā , māyā mē̃ nahī̃ . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jhūlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , māyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] . Brahmin life of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] swing[inf.m.sg.d.] , Maya in not .
209Brahmin life means to swing with Baba: not with Maya.
174माया भी झुलाती है . māyā bhī jhulātī hai . māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] jhulānā[pres.sg.f.23] . Maya too rock[pres.sg.f.23] .
210Maya also makes you swing.
175अमृतवेले देखो माया ऐसे झुलाती है जो सूक्ष्मवतन में आने के बजाए , निराकारी दुनिया में आने के बजाए निद्रालोक में चले जाते हैं . amr̥itvēlē dēkhō māyā aisē jhulātī hai jō sūkṣhmavatan mē̃ ānē kē bajāē , nirākārī duniyā mē̃ ānē kē bajāē nidrālōk mē̃ chalē jātē haĩ . amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] māyā[n.f.;sg.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jhulānā[pres.sg.f.23] jō[pn.;d.] sūkṣhmavatan mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kē bajāē[x] , nirākār[adj.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kē bajāē[x] nidrālōk[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] . amrit vela see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Maya such rock[pres.sg.f.23] that subtle region in (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) instead of , incorporeal world in (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) instead of x in (continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) .
211At amrit vela, see how Maya makes you swing. 212Instead of coming to the subtle region, instead of coming to the incorporeal world, you go to the land of sleep.
176कहते हैं योग डबल लाइट बनाता है लेकिन माथा भारी हो जाता है . kahtē haĩ yōg double light banātā hai lēkin māthā bhārī hō jātā hai . kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] double light[x] banānā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin māthā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yoga double-light create[pres.sg.m.23] but x heavy be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
213It is said that yoga makes you double light, but instead, your head becomes heavy.
177तो माया भी झूला झुलाती है लेकिन माया के झूले में नहीं अचानक के पेपर में पास होना है तो अलबेलेपन को छोड़ अलर्ट बनो . tō māyā bhī jhūlā jhulātī hai lēkin māyā kē|K jhūlē mē̃ nahī̃ achānak kē|K paper mē̃ pās|pass hōnā hai tō albēlēpan kō chhōṛ alert banō . tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jhulānā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] achānak kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K paper mē̃[postp.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[root] alert bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then Maya too (swing|swing[past-part.m.sg.d.]) rock[pres.sg.f.23] but Maya (of|K) (swing[opt.sg.23]|swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing) in not suddenly (of|K) paper in (x|pass) be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then carelessness to renounce[root] alert become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
214So Maya also makes you swing, but do not swing in Maya’s swings. 215You have been swinging a lot in that swing for half a kalpa.
17842 झूलना . 42 jhūlnā . 42 jhūlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . 42 swing[inf.m.sg.d.] . 179आधाकल्प तो माया के झूले में खूब झूलकर देखा है ना . ādhākalp tō māyā kē|K jhūlē mē̃ khūb jhūlkar dēkhā hai nā . ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] khūb[adj.] jhūlnā[abs.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā . for half a cycle then Maya (of|K) (swing[opt.sg.23]|swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing) in a lot swing[abs.] see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ .
216You have all experienced swinging in Maya’s swings, have you not? 217What did you receive?
180क्या मिला ? kyā milā ? kyā milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? what (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ? 181मिला कुछ ? milā kuchh ? milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kuchh ? (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) anything ?
218Did you receive anything?
182थक गये ना ! thak gayē nā ! thaknā, phathaknā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] nā ! become desperate[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅ !
219You became tired.
183अभी अतीन्द्रिय सुख के झूले में झूलो , खुशी के झूले में झूलो . abhī atīndriya sukh kē|K jhūlē mē̃ jhūlō , khuśhī kē|K jhūlē mē̃ jhūlō . ab[adv.hī] atīndriya[adj.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jhūlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jhūlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now x happiness (of|K) (swing[opt.sg.23]|swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing) in swing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , happiness (of|K) (swing[opt.sg.23]|swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing) in swing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 184शक्तियों की अनुभूतियों के झूले में झूलो . śhaktiyō̃ kī|key anubhūtiyō̃ kē|K jhūlē mē̃ jhūlō . śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jhūlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Shakti (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) experience (of|K) (swing[opt.sg.23]|swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing) in swing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
220Now, continue to swing in the swing of supersensuous joy, swing in the swing of happiness, swing in the swing of the experience of all powers.
185इतने झूले आपको मिले हैं जो यहाँ के प्रिन्स-प्रिन्सेज को भी नहीं होंगे . itnē jhūlē āpkō milē haĩ jō yahā̃ kē|K prince-princess kō bhī nahī̃ hōṅgē . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] yahā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prince-princess kō[postp.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . such (swing[opt.sg.23]|swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing) you[.kō] receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that here (of|K) prince and princess to too not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
221You have so many swings that even the princes and princesses here do not have that many swing.
186चाहे जिस झूले में झूलो . chāhē jis jhūlē mē̃ jhūlō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] jō[pn.sg.o.] jhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jhūlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) that (swing[opt.sg.23]|swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing) in swing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
222Swing in whichever swing you want.
187अभी प्रेम के झूले में झूलो , अभी आनंद के झूले में झूलो . abhī prēm kē|K jhūlē mē̃ jhūlō , abhī ānand kē|K jhūlē mē̃ jhūlō . ab[adv.hī] prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jhūlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ab[adv.hī] ānand[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jhūlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now love (of|K) (swing[opt.sg.23]|swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing) in swing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , now bliss (of|K) (swing[opt.sg.23]|swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing) in swing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 188अभी ज्ञान के झूले में झूलो . abhī gyān kē|K jhūlē mē̃ jhūlō . ab[adv.hī] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jhūlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now knowledge (of|K) (swing[opt.sg.23]|swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing) in swing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
223One moment, swing in the swing of love, one moment, swing in the swing of bliss, one moment in the swing of knowledge.
189कितने झूले हैं ! kitnē jhūlē haĩ ! kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jhūlnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ! so swing[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] !
224You have so many swings!
190अनगिनत . anginat . anginat[x] . countless .
225Countless.
191तो झूले से उतरो नहीं . tō jhūlē sē utarō nahī̃ . tō jhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] utarnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] . then (swing[opt.sg.23]|swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing) from go down[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not .
226So do not come down from the swings.
192जो लाडले होते हैं ना तो मांबाप यही चाहते हैं कि बच्चे का पांव मिट्टी में नहीं पड़े या गोदी में हो या झूले में हो या गलीचों में हो . jō lāḍlē hōtē haĩ nā tō māmbāp yahī chāhtē haĩ ki bachchē kā pāṅw miṭṭī mē̃ nahī̃ paṛē yā gōdī mē̃ hō yā jhūlē mē̃ hō yā galīchō̃ mē̃ hō . jō[pn.;d.] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō x yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|paṛnā[opt.sg.23] yā gōdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā jhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā galīchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . that x be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then x this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that child of foot mud in not (fall[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|fall[opt.sg.23]) or x in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or (swing[opt.sg.23]|swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing) in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or carpet in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
227The parents always wish that the feet of their beloved children should not go in the mud; they wish for the children’s feet to always be either in 228their lap, in the swing or on the carpet.
193मिट्टी में पांव नहीं जाये . miṭṭī mē̃ pāṅw nahī̃ jāyē . miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . mud in foot not go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
229They feel the children’s feet should not go into the mud.
194ऐसे होता है ना ? aisē hōtā hai nā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ? such be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ ?
230It is like that, isn’t it?
195तो आप कितने लाडले हो ! tō āp kitnē lāḍlē hō ! tō āp[pn.pl.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ! then you so x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) !
231So you are such beloved children!
196आप जैसा लाडला कोई है ? āp jaisā lāḍlā kōī hai ? āp[pn.pl.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? you like x some be[pres.sg.23] ?
232Is there anyone more beloved than you?
197परमात्म लाडले बच्चे अगर देहभान में आते हैं तो देह क्या है ? paramātma lāḍlē bachchē agar dēhbhān mē̃ ātē haĩ tō dēh kyā hai ? paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] agar dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō dēh[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? Supreme Soul x child if body consciousness in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then body what be[pres.sg.23] ?
233You children are extremely loved by God, and yet if you become body conscious, what is that?
198मिट्टी है ना ! miṭṭī hai nā ! miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! mud be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
234The body is mud, is it not?
199देह को क्या कहते हैं ? dēh kō kyā kahtē haĩ ? dēh[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? body to what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
235What is the body said to be?
200मिट्टी , मिट्टी में मिल जायेगी . miṭṭī , miṭṭī mē̃ mil jāyēgī . miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . mud , mud in receive[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
236Dust being turned to dust. 237So this is also dust.
201तो यह मिट्टी है ना . tō yah miṭṭī hai nā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . then this mud be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
238So why do you put your feet in the dust?
202मिट्टी में पांव क्यों रखते हो ? miṭṭī mē̃ pāṅw kyō̃ rakhtē hō ? miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyō̃ rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? mud in foot why keep[pres.pl.m.2] ?
239Do you like the dust? 240Some children like dust so much they even eat it.
203मिट्टी अच्छी लगती है ? miṭṭī achchhī lagtī hai ? miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? mud achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] ?
241But you must not eat it.
204कई बच्चों को मिट्टी अच्छी लगती है , कई मिट्टी खाते भी हैं . kaī bachchō̃ kō miṭṭī achchhī lagtī hai , kaī miṭṭī khātē bhī haĩ . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] , kaī miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . some child to mud achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] , some mud (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
242Do not even put your feet in it. 243To have even a thought means to put your feet in it.
205लेकिन आप नहीं खाना , पांव भी नहीं रखो . lēkin āp nahī̃ khānā , pāṅw bhī nahī̃ rakhō . lēkin āp[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] khānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but you not (eat[inf.m.sg.d.]|eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) , foot too not keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
244You should not have any body consciousness even in your thoughts.
206संकल्प आना अर्थात् पांव रखना . saṅkalp ānā arthāt pāṅw rakhnā . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . thought (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) that is foot keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
245Think about it and remember how beloved you are.
207संकल्प में भी देह-भान नहीं आवे . saṅkalp mē̃ bhī dēh-bhān nahī̃ āvē . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23] . thought in too body consciousness not come[opt.sg.23] . 208सोचो , याद रखो कि हम कितने लाडले हैं , किसके लाडले हैं ! sōchō , yād rakhō ki ham kitnē lāḍlē haĩ , kiskē lāḍlē haĩ ! sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kaun[pn.sg.kē] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , remember that we so x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , who[.kē] x be[pres.pl.12hon3] !
246Who are you beloved of? 247There won’t be anyone dearly loved by God even in the golden age. 248You will be loved by the divine souls.
209सतयुग में भी परमात्म लाडले नहीं होंगे . satyug mē̃ bhī paramātma lāḍlē nahī̃ hōṅgē . satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . golden age in too Supreme Soul x not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
249However, at this time, you are loved by God.
210दिव्य आत्माओं के लाडले होंगे . divya ātmāō̃ kē|K lāḍlē hōṅgē . divya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . divine soul (of|K) x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 211लेकिन इस समय परमात्म बाप के लाडले हो . lēkin is samay paramātma bāp kē|K lāḍlē hō . lēkin is samay[x] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . but at this time Supreme Soul father (of|K) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
250BapDada is giving thanks to the children for giving their hand of courage. 251Shukriya, dhanyavad. 252(Thanks).
212तो बच्चों ने हिम्मत के हाथ से गिफ्ट दी इसलिए बापदादा उसकी थैंक्स करते हैं , शुक्रिया , धन्यवाद . tō bachchō̃ nē himmat kē|K hāth sē gift dī|the isliē bāpdādā uskī thanks kartē haĩ , śhukriyā , dhanyavād . tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] gift dēnā[past-part.f.]|the isliē bāpdādā vah[pn.sg.kī] thanks karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , śhukriyā , dhanyavād[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then child ∅ courage (of|K) hand from gift (give[past-part.f.]|the) therefore BapDada that[.kī] thanks do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , Shukriya , dhanyavad .
253Achcha. 254Today, it is the special day for the double foreigners. 255Many have come. 256All the double foreigners sitting here, raise your hands.
213अच्छा - आज डबल विदेशियों का विशेष दिन है . achchhā - āj double vidēśhiyō̃ kā viśhēṣh din hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - āj double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha - today double foreigner of special day be[pres.sg.23] .
257Threequarters of the hall is full of double foreigners.
214आये भी बहुत हैं . āyē bhī bahut haĩ . ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) too very be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 215जो डबल विदेशी बैठे हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . jō double vidēśhī baiṭhē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that double foreigner sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .
258Baba also welcomes you: It is good that you have come and may you constantly come.
216हाल में पौना हिस्सा डबल विदेशी हैं . hāl|hall mē̃ paunā hissā double vidēśhī haĩ . hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall mē̃[postp.] paunā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hissā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x|hall) in three quarters share double foreigner be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
259The number of children is increasing and the place is becoming smaller.
217बाप भी स्वागत करते हैं भले आये , सदा आओ . bāp bhī svāgat kartē haĩ bhalē āyē , sadā āō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] svāgat karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , sadā ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . father too x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] benefit (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , constantly come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
260When this hall was built, did you think that it would become full?
218देखो , बच्चे बढ़ते जाते हैं और पृथ्वी छोटी होती जाती है . dēkhō , bachchē baṛhtē jātē haĩ aur pr̥ithvī chhōṭī hōtī jātī hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] aur pr̥ithvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , child grow[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] and x small be[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] .
261Now, there isn’t just this hall, but so many Gita pathshalas also.
219जब यह हाल बना था तो सोचते थे इतना हाल भरेगा ? jab yah hāl|hall banā thā tō sōchtē thē itnā hāl|hall bharēgā ? jab yah[pn.sg.d.] hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall bannā[past-perf.m.sg.] tō sōchnā[hab-past.pl.m.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall bharnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? when this (x|hall) become[past-perf.m.sg.] then think[hab-past.pl.m.] such (x|hall) fill[fut.m.sg.23] ?
262Many children are also sitting below (in the different halls in Madhuban).
220अभी हाल तो क्या लेकिन कितनी नीचे गीता पाठशालायें बन गई हैं . abhī hāl|hall tō kyā lēkin kitnī nīchē gītā pāṭhśhālāyē̃ ban gaī haĩ . ab[adv.hī] hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall tō kyā lēkin kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nīchē gītā[n.f.;sg.] pāṭhśhālā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . now (x|hall) then what but so down Gita pathshala become[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] .
263Now, even with the Shantivan hall, you are saying that you will have to allocate numbers.
221बहुत बच्चे नीचे बैठे हैं . bahut bachchē nīchē baiṭhē haĩ . bahut bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nīchē baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . very child down sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
264Why did you build such a huge hall?
222 ( मधुबन में मुरली सुन रहे हैं ) अभी देखो नीचे ( शान्तिवन ) का हाल बनाया तो भी कहते हैं कि संख्या देनी पड़ेगी . ( madhuban mē̃ murlī sun rahē haĩ ) abhī dēkhō nīchē ( śhāntivan ) kā hāl|hall banāyā tō bhī kahtē haĩ ki saṅkhyā dēnī paṛēgī . ( madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nīchē ( śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ) kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō bhī[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . ( Madhuban in flute listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) now see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] down ( Shantivan ) of (x|hall) create[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that x give[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] .
265So that you can allocate numbers or so that you can allow everyone to come freely? 266What does this prove? 267That all of you wish to become the masters of the entire world.
223इतना बड़ा हाल क्यों बनाया ? itnā baṛā hāl|hall kyō̃ banāyā ? itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall kyō̃ banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? such very (x|hall) why create[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? 224संख्या देने के लिए या फ्रीडम देने के लिए ? saṅkhyā dēnē kē liē yā freedom dēnē kē liē ? saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] yā freedom dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] ? x give[inf.m.pl.,o.] for or freedom give[inf.m.pl.,o.] for ?
268Those who are to become the masters of the world have to have such large facilities that everything becomes small for them.
225इससे क्या सिद्ध होता है ? issē kyā siddha hōtā hai ? yah[pn.sg.sē] kyā siddh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? this[.sē] what successful be[pres.sg.m.23] ? 226आप सभी को विश्व का मालिक बनना है . āp sabhī kō viśhva kā mālik bannā hai . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] viśhva kā mālik[x] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . you all to master of the world become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
269The hall is nothing; you are going to receive the entire world.
227तो विश्व का मालिक बनने वाले इतने बड़े , उनके लिए सब छोटा हो जाता है . tō viśhva kā mālik bannē vālē itnē baṛē , unkē liē sab chhōṭā hō jātā hai . tō viśhva kā mālik[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , vah[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē sab[adj.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then master of the world become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who such very , that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) all small be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
270You are the masters of the mind, are you not? 271If you are told to stop in a second, you should be able to do that.
228हाल तो कुछ भी नहीं है , सारी विश्व आपको मिलनी ही है . hāl|hall tō kuchh bhī nahī̃ hai , sārī viśhva āpkō milnī hī hai . hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall tō kuchh bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] milnā[inf.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x|hall) then anything not be[pres.sg.23] , the whole world you[.kō] receive[inf.f.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
272It should not be that the mind continues to function even after you tell it to stop.
229 ( बापदादा ने ड्रिल कराई ) मन के मालिक हो ना ! ( bāpdādā nē drill karāī ) man kē|K mālik hō nā ! ( bāpdādā nē[postp.] drill karānā[past-part.f.] ) man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! ( BapDada ∅ drill make commit[past-part.f.] ) mind (of|K) master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ! 230तो सेकण्ड में स्टॉप , तो स्टॉप हो जाए . tō second mē̃ stop , tō stop hō jāē . tō second mē̃[postp.] stop , tō stop hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . then second in stop , then stop be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
273This proves that you do not have the stage of being a master to this extent.
231ऐसा नहीं आप कहो स्टॉप और मन चलता रहे , इससे सिद्ध है कि मालिकपन की शक्ति कम है . aisā nahī̃ āp kahō stop aur man chaltā rahē , issē siddha hai ki mālikpan kī|key śhakti cum|kam hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] āp[pn.pl.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] stop aur man[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , yah[pn.sg.sē] siddh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] mālikpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such not you say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] stop and mind continue[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , this[.sē] successful be[pres.sg.23] that being a master (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] .
274If the master is powerful, then without the directions from the master, the mind cannot create a single thought.
232अगर मालिक शक्तिशाली है तो मालिक के डायरेक्शन बिना मन एक संकल्प भी नहीं कर सकता . agar mālik śhaktiśhālī hai tō mālik kē|K direction binā man ēk saṅkalp bhī nahī̃ kar saktā . agar mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K direction binā man[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . if master powerful be[pres.sg.23] then master (of|K) direction without mind one thought too not do[root] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
275When you say, “Stop”, it should stop. 276If you tell it to work, it starts to work.
233स्टॉप , तो स्टॉप . stop , tō stop . stop , tō stop . stop , then stop . 234चलो , तो चले . chalō , tō chalē . chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , tō chalnā[opt.sg.23]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , then (continue[opt.sg.23]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
277It should work as you tell it to work.
235जहाँ चलाने चाहो वहाँ चले . jahā̃ chalānē chāhō vahā̃ chalē . jahā̃ chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vahā̃ chalnā[opt.sg.23]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . where there x[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] there (continue[opt.sg.23]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) . 236ऐसे नहीं कि मन को बहुत समय की व्यर्थ तरफ चलने की आदत है , तो आप चलाओ शुद्ध संकल्प की तरफ और मन जाये व्यर्थ की तरफ . aisē nahī̃ ki man kō bahut samay kī|key vyarth taraph chalnē kī|key ādat hai , tō āp chalāō śhuddha saṅkalp kī|key taraph aur man jāyē vyarth kī|key taraph . aisē nahī̃[x] ki[conj.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ādat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō āp[pn.pl.] chalānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhuddh[x] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur man[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] . it isn't that that mind to very time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) wasteful direction continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) habit be[pres.sg.23] , then you x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pure thought (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) direction and mind go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] wasteful (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) direction .
278It should not be that because the mind has the habit over a long period of time to work towards the wasteful, so that even when you try to make it function in a positive way, the mind goes off in a wasteful direction.
237तो यह मालिक को मालिकपन में चलाना नहीं आता . tō yah mālik kō mālikpan mē̃ chalānā nahī̃ ātā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] mālikpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . then this master to being a master in x[inf.m.sg.d.] not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
279This means that the master does not know how to use its authority over the mind.
238यह अभ्यास करो . yah abhyās karō . yah[pn.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this practice do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
280Now practice this.
239चेक करो स्टॉप कहने से , स्टॉप होता है ? check karō stop kahnē sē , stop hōtā hai ? check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] stop kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] , stop hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] stop say[inf.m.pl.,o.] from , stop be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
281Check whether the mind actually stops when you tell it to stop.
240या कुछ चलकर फिर स्टॉप होता है ? yā kuchh chalkar phir stop hōtā hai ? yā kuchh chalnā[abs.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] stop hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? or anything continue[abs.] (turn[root]|then) stop be[pres.sg.m.23] ? 241अगर गाड़ी में ब्रेक लगानी हो लेकिन कुछ समय चलकर फिर ब्रेक लगे , तो वह गाड़ी काम की है ? agar gāṛī mē̃ brake lagānī hō lēkin kuchh samay chalkar phir brake lagē , tō vah gāṛī kām kī hai ? agar gāṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] brake lagānā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] lēkin kuchh samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[abs.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] brake lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , tō vah[pn.sg.d.] gāṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? if motor car in brake attach[pres.pl.2.oblig1] but anything time continue[abs.] (turn[root]|then) brake (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|x) , then that motor car (task|lust) do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? 242ड्राइव करने वाला योग्य है कि एक्सीडेंट करने वाला है ? ḍrāiv karnē vālā yōgya hai ki accident karnē vālā hai ? x karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yōgya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] accident karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who worthy be[pres.sg.23] that accident do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] ?
282Or, is it that it still continues to function for a little while after receiving this direction and then stops? 283If a brake has to be applied in a car and the brake only begins to function after a little while once you have applied it, is that car useful?
243ब्रेक , तो फौरन सेकण्ड में ब्रेक लगनी चाहिए . brake , tō phauran second mē̃ brake lagnī chāhiē . brake , tō phauran second mē̃[postp.] brake lagnā[.oblig3] . brake , then x second in brake x[.oblig3] .
284Would you call the person driving that car a worthy driver or a driver who would cause accidents?
244यही अभ्यास कर्मातीत अवस्था के समीप लायेगा . yahī abhyās karmātīt avasthā kē|K samīp lāyēgā . yahī[pn.;d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karmātīt[adj.] avasthā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samīp[adj.] lānā[fut.m.sg.23] . this practice karmateet stage (of|K) close x[fut.m.sg.23] .
285If you apply a brake, the brakes should function immediately.
245संकल्प करने के कर्म में भी फुल पास . saṅkalp karnē kē|K karma mē̃ bhī full pass . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] full pass[x] . thought do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) deed in too pass fully .
286This practice will bring you closer to the karmateet stage.
246कर्मातीत का अर्थ ही है हर सबजेक्ट में फुल पास . karmātīt kā arth|earth hī hai har|her subject mē̃ full pass . karmātīt[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] har|harnā[root]|her subject mē̃[postp.] full pass[x] . karmateet of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] (x|x[root]) subject in pass fully .
287You have to pass fully in the subject of creating thoughts. 288To be karmateet means to pass in every subject.
24775 परसेन्ट , 90 परसेन्ट भी नहीं , फुल पास . 75 percent , 90 percent bhī nahī̃ , full pass . 75 percent , 90 percent bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] , full pass[x] . 75 % , 90 % too not , pass fully .
289Not to pass with 75 or 90 marks, but with a full pass.
248यह अवस्था तब आयेगी जब अपने अनुभव में सर्व शक्तियों का स्टॉक प्रैक्टिकल यूज़ में आवे . yah avasthā tab āyēgī jab apnē anubhav mē̃ sarv śhaktiyō̃ kā stock practical use mē̃ āvē . yah[pn.sg.d.] avasthā[n.f.;sg.] tab ānā[fut.f.sg.23] jab apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] stock practical use mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23] . this stage for only then come[fut.f.sg.23] when one’s own experience in all Shakti of stock practical use in come[opt.sg.23] .
290You will be able to have this stage when you have a stock of all powers for practical use and the experience of all of this.
249पहले भी सुनाया - सर्व शक्तियां बाप ने दी , आपने ली लेकिन समय पर यूज़ होती हैं या नहीं , सिर्फ स्टॉक ही है ! pahlē bhī sunāyā - sarv śhaktiyā̃ bāp nē dī|the , āpnē lī lēkin samay par use hōtī haĩ yā nahī̃ , sirph stock hī hai ! pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] - sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the , āp[pn.pl.nē] lēnā[past-part.f.] lēkin samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] use hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] yā nahī̃[neg] , sirph[adj.] stock hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! (x|firstly) too speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] - all Shakti father ∅ (give[past-part.f.]|the) , you[.nē] take[past-part.f.] but time (at|other) use be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] or not , only stock only be[pres.sg.23] !
291You have been told earlier also, that Baba has given you all powers. 292You have taken this, but are you using them at the right time, or is it just the stock that you have?
250सिर्फ स्टॉक है लेकिन समय पर यूज नहीं हुआ तो होना या न होना एक ही बात है . sirph stock hai lēkin samay par use nahī̃ huā tō hōnā yā na hōnā ēk hī bāt hai . sirph[adj.] stock hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] use nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yā na[neg] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . only stock be[pres.sg.23] but time (at|other) use not be[past-part.m.sg.d.] then be[inf.m.sg.d.] or not be[inf.m.sg.d.] one only matter be[pres.sg.23] .
293When you have the stock, but then if it is not being used at the right time, then whether you have it or don’t have it, it is the same thing.
251यह अनुभव करो परिस्थिति बहुत नाजुक है लेकिन आर्डर दिया मन बुद्धि को कि न्यारे होकर खेल देखो तो परिस्थिति आपके इस अचल स्थिति के आसन के नीचे दब जायेगी . yah anubhav karō paristhiti bahut nājuk hai lēkin order diyā man buddhi kō ki nyārē hōkar khēl dēkhō tō paristhiti āpkē is achal sthiti kē|K āsan kē nīchē dab jāyēgī . yah[pn.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahut nāzuk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin order dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] ki[conj.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[abs.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kē] yah[pn.sg.o.] achal sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē nīchē[x] dabnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . this experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] circumstances very x be[pres.sg.23] but order give[past-part.m.sg.d.] mind intellect to that unique be[abs.] (play|play[root]) see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then circumstances you[.kē] this unshakeable stage (of|K) seat under x[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
294Experience this now. 295If a situation is very delicate and you order your mind and intellect to just see a game as a detached observer, then the situation will remain underneath your seat of the unshakable stage.
252सामना नहीं करेगी . sāmnā nahī̃ karēgī . sāmnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.f.sg.23] . facing not do[fut.f.sg.23] .
296It will not cause any opposition.
253आसन नहीं छोड़ो , आसन में बैठने का अभ्यास ही सिंहासन प्राप्त करायेगा . āsan nahī̃ chhōṛō , āsan mē̃ baiṭhnē kā abhyās hī siṃhāsan prāpt karāyēgā . āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] siṃhāsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] karānā[fut.m.sg.23] . seat not renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , seat in sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] of practice only throne reached make commit[fut.m.sg.23] .
297Simply, do not let go of your seat. 298The practice of remaining seated on the seat will enable you to claim the throne.
254अगर आसन पर बैठना नहीं आता है , कभी-कभी बैठना आता है तो सिंहासन में भी कभी-कभी बैठेंगे . agar āsan par baiṭhnā nahī̃ ātā hai , kabhī-kabhī baiṭhnā ātā hai tō siṃhāsan mē̃ bhī kabhī-kabhī baiṭhē̃gē . agar āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , kabhī[adv.] baiṭhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō siṃhāsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kabhī[adv.] baiṭhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . if seat (at|other) sit[inf.m.sg.d.] not come[pres.sg.m.23] , ever sit[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] then throne in too ever sit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
299If you do not know how to remain seated on your seat, if you only know how to sit on it sometimes, then you will only be able to sit on the throne sometimes.
255आसन ही सिंहासन प्राप्त कराता है . āsan hī siṃhāsan prāpt karātā hai . āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] siṃhāsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] karānā[pres.sg.m.23] . seat only throne reached make commit[pres.sg.m.23] .
300By having the seat now, it will enable you to claim the throne.
256अब आसन है फिर सिंहासन है . ab āsan hai phir siṃhāsan hai . ab[adv.] āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] siṃhāsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now seat be[pres.sg.23] (turn[root]|then) throne be[pres.sg.23] .
301Now, you have the seat and later, you will have the throne.
257हलचल वाला आसन पर एकाग्र होकर बैठ नहीं सकता . halchal vālā āsan par ēkāgr hōkar baiṭh nahī̃ saktā . halchal[x] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] ēkāgr[adj.] hōnā[abs.] baiṭhnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . upheaval those who seat (at|other) concentrated be[abs.] sit[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
302Those who are fluctuating cannot remain seated on the seat with stability.
258इसीलिए कहा व्यर्थ समाप्त , अशुभ समाप्त - तो अचल हो जायेंगे और अचल स्थिति के आसन पर सहज और सदा स्थित हो सकेंगे . isīliē kahā vyarth samāpt , aśhubh samāpt - tō achal hō jāyēṅgē aur achal sthiti kē|K āsan par sahaj aur sadā sthit hō sakē̃gē . isīliē kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] , aśhubh[adj.] samāpt[adj.] - tō achal hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] aur achal sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sahaj[adj.] aur sadā sthit[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . x say[past-part.m.sg.d.] wasteful finished , impure finished - then unshakeable be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] and unshakeable stage (of|K) seat (at|other) easy and constantly stabilised be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .
303This is why you are told to finish everything wasteful and impure. 304Then, you will become unshakable and be able to remain seated on the seat of the unshakable stage easily and constantly.
259देखो आप सबका यादगार यहाँ अचलघर है . dēkhō āp sabkā yādgār yahā̃ achalghar hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yādgār[x] yahā̃ achalghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you everyone's memorial here Achal Ghar be[pres.sg.23] .
305The memorial of all of you is here in Achalghar.
260अचलघर देखा है ना ? achalghar dēkhā hai nā ? achalghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ? Achal Ghar see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ ?
306You have all seen Achalghar, have you not?
261यह किसका यादगार है ? yah kiskā yādgār hai ? yah[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.sg.kā] yādgār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? this who[.kā] memorial be[pres.sg.23] ?
307Whose memorial is it?
262आप सबके स्थिति का यादगार यह अचलघर है . āp sabkē sthiti kā yādgār yah achalghar hai . āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yādgār[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] achalghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you everyone's stage of memorial this Achal Ghar be[pres.sg.23] .
308Achalghar is a memorial of the stage of all of you.
263अनुभव करो , ट्रायल करते जाओ , यूज करते जाओ . anubhav karō , trial kartē jāō , use kartē jāō . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , trial karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] , use karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] , use do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .
309Experience this, try it and continue to use it.
264ऐसे नहीं समझ लेना , हाँ सब शक्तियां तो हैं ही . aisē nahī̃ samajh lēnā , hā̃ sab śhaktiyā̃ tō haĩ hī . aisē nahī̃[x] samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , hā̃ sab[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] . it isn't that (understanding|understand[root]) take[inf.m.sg.d.] , yes all Shakti then be[pres.pl.12hon3] only .
310Do not just think: Yes, I have all the powers.
265समय पर यूज़ हों . samay par use hō̃ . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] use hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . time (at|other) use be[opt.pl.12hon3] . 266यूज़ नहीं करेंगे तो लौकिक कार्य करते समय पर धोखा मिल सकता है . use nahī̃ karē̃gē tō laukik kārya kartē samay par dhōkhā mil saktā hai . use nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō laukik[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . use not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then worldly task do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] time (at|other) deception receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
311You should use them at the right time. 312If you do not use them, you will be deceived at that time.
267इसलिए छोटी-मोटी परिस्थिति में यूज करके देखो . isliē chhōṭī-mōṭī paristhiti mē̃ use karkē dēkhō . isliē chhōṭā-mōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] use karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore small or big circumstances in use do[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
313This is why you should use them in little situations.
268परिस्थितियां तो आनी ही हैं , आती भी हैं . paristhitiyā̃ tō ānī hī haĩ , ātī bhī haĩ . paristhiti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] tō ānā[inf.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ānā[pres-part.f.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . circumstances then come[inf.f.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] , come[pres-part.f.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
314Situations will come, and they are coming.
269पहले भी बापदादा ने कहा है कि वर्तमान समय अनुभव करते हुए चलो . pahlē bhī bāpdādā nē kahā hai ki vartamān samay anubhav kartē huē chalō . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x|firstly) too BapDada ∅ say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that present time experience do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
315BapDada has told you earlier also that at present, you should continue to experience everything.
270हर शक्ति का अनुभव करो , हर गुण का अनुभव करो . har|her śhakti kā anubhav karō , har|her guṇ kā anubhav karō . har|harnā[root]|her śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , har|harnā[root]|her guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x|x[root]) Shakti of experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (x|x[root]) virtue of experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
316Experience every power, experience every virtue.
271ऐसे अनुभवी मूर्त बनो जो कोई भी आवे तो आपके अनुभव की मदद से उस आत्मा को प्राप्ति हो जाए . aisē anubhavī mūrt banō jō kōī bhī āvē tō āpkē anubhav kī|key madad sē us ātmā kō prāpti hō jāē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhavī[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] kōī bhī[x] ānā[opt.sg.23] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] vah[pn.sg.o.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . such experienced image become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that anyone come[opt.sg.23] then you[.kē] experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x from that soul to attainment be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
317Become so experienced that anyone who comes to you is able to attain something through your experience.
272दिन-प्रतिदिन आत्मायें शक्तिहीन हो रही हैं , होती रहेंगी . din-pratidin ātmāyē̃ śhaktihīn hō rahī haĩ , hōtī rahē̃gī . pratidin ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] śhaktihīn[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] , hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . day by day soul powerless be[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] , be[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
318Day by day, souls are becoming more and more powerless; they will continue to become powerless.
273ऐसी आत्माओं को आप अपनी शक्तियों की अनुभूति यों से सहारा बन अनुभव करायेंगे . aisī ātmāō̃ kō āp apnī śhaktiyō̃ kī|key anubhūti yō̃ sē sahārā ban anubhav karāyēṅgē . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] x sē[postp.] sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . such soul to you one’s own Shakti (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) experience x from support (x|become[root]) experience make commit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
319With your experience of all powers, you will become a support for such souls and give them an experience.
274अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
320Achcha.
275मालिक हैं ना ! mālik haĩ nā ! mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ! master be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
321You are masters, are you not?
276तो मालेकम सलाम , बाप कहते हैं - मालिकों को सलाम . tō mālēkam salām , bāp kahtē haĩ - mālikō̃ kō salām . tō x salām[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bāp kahtē haĩ[x] - mālik[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] salām[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then x salutations , the Father says - master to salutations .
322So Baba says: Salutations to the masters malekom salaam.
277अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
323Achcha.
278 ( 66 देशों से बाबा के बच्चे आये हैं ) 66 देशों के बच्चों को पदमगुणा मुबारक हो . ( 66 dēśhō̃ sē bābā kē|K bachchē āyē haĩ ) 66 dēśhō̃ kē|K bachchō̃ kō padamguṇā mubārak hō . ( 66 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bābā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) 66 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( 66 land from Baba (of|K) child come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) 66 land (of|K) child to multimillion-fold congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
324(Baba’s children have come from 66 countries.)Multimillion fold congratulations to all of Baba’s children from 66 countries.
279आखिर तो विश्व में आप ही चारों ओर फैल जायेंगे . ākhir tō viśhva mē̃ āp hī chārō̃ ōr phail jāyēṅgē . ākhir tō viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] chārō̃ ōr[x] phailnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . at last then world in you only everywhere spread[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
325In the end, all of you will be spread all over the world.
280जहाँ देखेंगे वहाँ सफेद वस्त्रधारी फरिश्ते दिखाई देंगे . jahā̃ dēkhē̃gē vahā̃ saphēd vastradhārī phariśhtē dikhāī dēgē . jahā̃ dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vahā̃ saphēd[adj.] vastradhārī[adj.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dikhāī dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . where there see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] there white x angel be visible .
326Wherever you look, you will only see the angels clad in white.
281अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
327Achcha.
282अमेरिका : अमेरिका के कितने देशों से आये हैं ? America : America kē|K kitnē dēśhō̃ sē āyē haĩ ? America : America kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? America : America (of|K) so land from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
328America: From how many states of America have the children come from? 329(19).
283 ( 19 ) 19 देशों के हाथ उठाओ . ( 19 ) 19 dēśhō̃ kē|K hāth uṭhāō . ( 19 ) 19 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( 19 ) 19 land (of|K) raise your hands .
330Those of all these 19 countries, raise your hands.
284अमेरिका क्या जलवा दिखायेंगे ? America kyā jalvā dikhāyēṅgē ? America kyā jalvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? America what sparkle x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
331Achcha, what splendour will America show?
285देखो नाम बहुत अच्छा है - अमेरिका माना आ मेरे आ . dēkhō nām bahut achchhā hai - America mānā ā mērē ā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - America mānnā[root.past-part+ānā] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] ānā[root] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] name very achcha be[pres.sg.23] - America x[root.past-part+ānā] I[.kē] come[root] .
332The name is very good. 333“Aa meri aa” come, those who belong to me, come.
286तो अमेरिका सभी खोये हुए बच्चों को आ मेरे , आ मेरे कहके बाप का बना देंगे . tō America sabhī khōyē huē bachchō̃ kō ā mērē , ā mērē kahkē bāp kā banā dēgē . tō America sab[adv.hī] khōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ā mērē[x] , ā mērē[x] kahnā[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] . then America all lose[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child to x[x] , x[x] say[conj.] father of create[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
334So America will find all the children who are lost and saying, “Come, you belong to us.
287ऐसे है ना ? aisē hai nā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? such be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
335Come”.
288बढ़ रहे हैं ना वहाँ ? baṛh rahē haĩ nā vahā̃ ? baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā vahā̃ ? grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ there ?
336You will make them belong to Baba.
289बढ़ते रहेंगे . baṛhtē rahē̃gē . baṛhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . grow[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
337It is like this, is it not?
290अफ्रीका : ( अफ्रीका के 13 देश वाले आये हैं ) सब हाथ उठाओ . aphrīkā : ( aphrīkā kē|K 13 dēśh vālē āyē haĩ ) sab hāth uṭhāō . aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] : ( aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K 13 dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) sab[adj.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Africa : ( Africa (of|K) 13 land those who come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) all raise your hands .
338The number of children there is increasing, is it not? 339The numbers will continue to increase.
291इसमे साउथ अफ्रीका , मौरीशियस भी है ? ismē south aphrīkā , Mauritius bhī hai ? yah[pn.sg.mē̃] south aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , Mauritius bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? this[.mē̃] south Africa , Mauritius too be[pres.sg.23] ?
340Africa:Children from 13 countries of Africa have come.
292अफ्रीका क्या करेंगे ? aphrīkā kyā karē̃gē ? aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? Africa what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
341All of you raise your hands.
293अफ्रीका आफरीन के लायक बनेंगे . aphrīkā āphrīn kē|K lāyak banē̃gē . aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] āphrīn kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lāyak[x] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . Africa thanks (of|K) worthy become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
342Is South Africa and Mauritius included in this?
294सेवा का ऐसा नगाड़ा बजायेंगे जो चारों ओर से यही निकले आफरीन है , आफरीन है . sēvā kā aisā nagāṛā bajāyēṅgē jō chārō̃ ōr sē yahī nikalē āphrīn hai , āphrīn hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nagāṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] sē[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] āphrīn hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āphrīn hōnā[pres.sg.23] . service of such drum play[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that everywhere from this (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) thanks be[pres.sg.23] , thanks be[pres.sg.23] .
343What will Africa do? 344Africa will make everyone worthy of receiving thanks. 345Thanks.
295एशिया : ( एशिया के 13 देशों से आयें हैं ) एशिया क्या करेगा ? ēśhiyā : ( ēśhiyā kē|K 13 dēśhō̃ sē āyē̃ haĩ ) ēśhiyā kyā karēgā ? ēśhiyā : ( ēśhiyā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K 13 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) ēśhiyā kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? Asia : ( Asia (of|K) 13 land from come[opt.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) Asia what do[fut.m.sg.23] ? 296सर्व आत्माओं की आशायें पूरी करे . sarv ātmāō̃ kī|key āśhāyē̃ pūrī karē . sarv[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[opt.sg.23] . all soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) desire (full|puri) do[opt.sg.23] .
346You will beat the drums of service to such an extent that the sound that emerges from everywhere will be: Thanks to you, thanks to you.
297जब सब आत्माओं की आशायें पूरी होंगी तो सब कहेंगे वाह एशिया वाह ! jab sab ātmāō̃ kī|key āśhāyē̃ pūrī hōṅgī tō sab kahē̃gē vāh ēśhiyā vāh ! jab sab[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] tō sab[adj.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vāh ēśhiyā vāh ! when all soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) desire (full|puri) be[fut.f.pl.12hon3] then all say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] wah! Asia wah! !
347Asia:(13 countries have come from Asia, and India is not included in it.) 348What will those from Asia do?
298यूरोप : ( यूरोप के 17 देशों से आये हैं ) उसमें लण्डन भी है ? Europe : ( Europe kē|K 17 dēśhō̃ sē āyē haĩ ) usmē̃ london bhī hai ? Europe : ( Europe kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K 17 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) vah[pn.sg.mē̃] London bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x : ( x (of|K) 17 land from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) that[.mē̃] x too be[pres.sg.23] ? 299यूरोप तो विदेश का फाउण्डेशन है . Europe tō vidēśh kā foundation hai . Europe tō vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] foundation hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x then abroad of foundation be[pres.sg.23] .
349You will fulfil the hopes and desires of all souls. (asha hope). 350When the desires of all souls is fulfilled, everyone will say, Wah, Asia, wah!
300तो फाउण्डेशन सदा ही सबकी नज़रों में आता है कि फाउण्डेशन कितना पक्का है ! tō foundation sadā hī sabkī nazarō̃ mē̃ ātā hai ki foundation kitnā pakkā hai ! tō foundation sadā hī[p.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] foundation kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! then foundation constantly only everyone's glance in come[pres.sg.m.23] that foundation so firm be[pres.sg.23] !
351Europe: (17 countries of Europe)London is also included in this. 352Europe is the foundation of the foreign lands.
301यूरोप से ही फाउण्डेशन फैला है और भिन्न-भिन्न शाखायें फैली हैं . Europe sē hī foundation phailā hai aur bhinn-bhinn śhākhāyē̃ phailī haĩ . Europe sē[postp.] hī[p.] foundation phailnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur bhinn[adj.] śhākhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] phailnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . x from only foundation spread[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and different branch spread[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .
353The foundation is always in everyone’s vision, to see how strong is the foundation.
302पहले नम्बर में दो पत्ते निकलते हैं , जब बीज डालते हैं तो दो पत्ते निकलते हैं . pahlē number mē̃ dō pattē nikaltē haĩ , jab bīj ḍāltē haĩ tō dō pattē nikaltē haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] number mē̃[postp.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pattā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nikalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , jab bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pattā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nikalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x|firstly) number in (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) leaf be extracted[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , when seed create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) leaf be extracted[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
354It is from Europe that the foundation has spread and many branches have emerged. 355First, two leaves emerge. 356When a seed is sown, two leaves emerge.
303तो पहले सेन्टर कौन से निकले ? tō pahlē centre kaun sē nikalē ? tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] centre kaun[pn.;d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] ? then (x|firstly) centre who from (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) ?
357So which were the first centres that emerged?
304लण्डन और साथ में हांगकांग . london aur sāth mē̃ hāṅgakāṅg . London aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x . x and with in x .
358London and Hong Kong at the same time.
305तो दो पत्तों की ही कमाल हुई ना . tō dō pattō̃ kī|key hī kamāl huī nā . tō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pattā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hī[p.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.f.] nā . then (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) leaf (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) only x be[past-part.f.] ∅ .
359So it was the wonder of the two leaves.
306दो पत्तों से तना निकला , तना से डालियां निकली , डालियों से शाखायें निकली और डबल विदेश का वृक्ष हरा भरा हो गया . dō pattō̃ sē tanā nikalā , tanā sē ḍāliyā̃ nikalī , ḍāliyō̃ sē śhākhāyē̃ nikalī aur double vidēśh kā vr̥ikṣha harā bharā hō gayā . dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pattā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] tanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nikalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sē[postp.] ḍālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] nikalnā[past-part.f.] , x sē[postp.] śhākhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nikalnā[past-part.f.] aur double vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vr̥ikṣha[x] harā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|harānā[root]|harnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bharnā[x] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) leaf from trunk be extracted[past-part.m.sg.d.] , trunk from branch be extracted[past-part.f.] , x from branch be extracted[past-part.f.] and double abroad of tree (green|x[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) fill[x] go[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
360The trunk emerged from the two leaves, the branches emerged from the trunk; other branches emerged from the big branches and the tree of the foreign lands became evergreen.
307तो यूरोप के दो पत्ते लण्डन और हांगकांग को बहुत-बहुत पदमगुणा मुबारक हो . tō Europe kē|K dō pattē london aur hāṅgakāṅg kō bahut-bahut padamguṇā mubārak hō . tō Europe kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pattā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] London aur x kō[postp.] bahut padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then x (of|K) (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) leaf x and x to very multimillion-fold congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
361To all those from the two countries of Europe, London and Hong Kong, multimillion fold congratulations.
308 ( यूरोप वाले हाथ उठाओ ) पहले पत्ते हैं तो विस्तार तो होगा ना . ( Europe vālē hāth uṭhāō ) pahlē pattē haĩ tō vistār tō hōgā nā . ( Europe vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ) pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] pattā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . ( x those who raise your hands ) (x|firstly) leaf be[pres.pl.12hon3] then expansion then be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .
362Those from Europe, raise your hands. 363Since you are the first leaf, of course there will be that expansion.
309मिडिल ईस्ट : ( 3 देशों से आये हैं ) यह अच्छे हैं , अभी-अभी आगे बढ़ रहे हैं . middle east : ( 3 dēśhō̃ sē āyē haĩ ) yah achchhē haĩ , abhī-abhī āgē baṛh rahē haĩ . Middle East[x] : ( 3 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ab[adv.hī] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . Middle East : ( 3 land from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) this achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , now previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
364Middle East: (Three countries).They are good They are just moving forward.
310अभी थोड़े हैं , अभी मिडिल को मॉडल लेना चाहिए . abhī thōṛē haĩ , abhī middle kō model lēnā chāhiē . ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ab[adv.hī] middle kō[postp.] model[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|lēnā[.oblig3] . now short be[pres.pl.12hon3] , now x to model (take[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|take[.oblig3]) .
365Now, you are few, but you should take the medal of the middle.
311इतनी सेवा बढ़ाओ जो सब देश वाले आपको मिडिल नहीं , मॉडल लेने वाले कहें . itnī sēvā baṛhāō jō sab dēśh vālē āpkō middle nahī̃ , model lēnē vālē kahē̃ . itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adj.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] middle nahī̃[neg] , model[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . such service increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that all land those who you[.kō] x not , model take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who say[opt.pl.12hon3] . 312बढ़ायेंगे ना ? baṛhāyēṅgē nā ? baṛhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ? increase[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ ?
366Do so much service, that all countries do not call you the middle east, but those who take the medal.
313विश्व का कल्याण होना है तो मिडिल वालों का कल्याण तो करना ही है . viśhva kā kalyāṇ hōnā hai tō middle vālō̃ kā kalyāṇ tō karnā hī hai . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō middle vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . world of benefit be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then x those who of benefit then do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
367You will increase service, will you not? 368The world has to benefit and so the Middle of course has to benefit.
314नहीं तो विश्व का एक कोना छूटा रह जायेगा तो अच्छा नहीं है . nahī̃ tō viśhva kā ēk kōnā chhūṭā rah jāyēgā tō achchhā nahī̃ hai . nahī̃ tō[x] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] kōnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chhūṭnā[root.past-part+rahnā] jānā[fut.m.sg.23] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . otherwise world of one corner let go[root.past-part+rahnā] go[fut.m.sg.23] then achcha not be[pres.sg.23] .
369Otherwise, one part of the world will be left out and that is not good.
315इसीलिए जब भी कोई आपको कहे ना मिडिल ईस्ट है तो कहो नहीं मॉडल इस्ट है . isīliē jab bhī kōī āpkō kahē nā middle east hai tō kahō nahī̃ model east hai . isīliē jab bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] nā Middle East[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] model[n.m.;sg.,d.] east hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x when too some you[.kō] (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) ∅ Middle East be[pres.sg.23] then say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not model east be[pres.sg.23] .
370So whenever anyone tells you that you are from the Middle East, tell them, no, you are the Medal East.
316रशिया : रशिया के टोटल हाथ उठाओ . Russia : Russia kē|K total hāth uṭhāō . Russia : Russia kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K total hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x : x (of|K) total raise your hands .
371Russia:Those from Russia, raise your hands.
317अच्छे हैं . achchhē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
372It is good.
318रशिया वाले क्या करेंगे ? Russia vālē kyā karē̃gē ? Russia vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? x those who what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
373What will those from Russia do?
319रशिया में ज्यादा समय कम्युनिस्ट का राज्य रहा है और अभी रशिया में देवताओं का राज्य होगा क्योंकि भारत के नजदीक है ना . Russia mē̃ jyādā samay kamyunisṭa kā rājya rahā hai aur abhī Russia mē̃ dēvtāō̃ kā rājya hōgā kyōṅki bhārat kē|K najdīk hai nā . Russia mē̃[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur ab[adv.hī] Russia mē̃[postp.] dēvtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] kyōṅki bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nazdīk hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . x in more time x of kingdom remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and now x in deity of kingdom be[fut.m.sg.23] because Bharat (of|K) x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
374There has been the communist kingdom over Russia for a long time and now there will be the kingdom of the deities because you are close to Bharat.
320तो भारत के आसपास आ जायेगा , स्वर्ग बन जायेगा . tō bhārat kē|K āspās ā jāyēgā , svarg ban jāyēgā . tō bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ās-pās ānā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , svarg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . then Bharat (of|K) x come[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , heaven become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
375So, you will remain close to Bharat and that will also become heaven.
321जो दूर दूर देश हैं , वह दूर होंगे . jō dūr dūr dēśh haĩ , vah dūr hōṅgē . jō[pn.;d.] dūr[adj.] dūr[adj.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] dūr[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that distant distant land be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that distant be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
376The lands that are far away will remain far.
322रशिया नजदीक है , तो देवताओं का राज्य अभी तो नहीं है लेकिन बहुत समय कम्युनिस्ट का रहा है ना , अभी स्वतन्त्र है . Russia najdīk hai , tō dēvtāō̃ kā rājya abhī tō nahī̃ hai lēkin bahut samay kamyunisṭa kā rahā hai nā , abhī svatantr hai . Russia nazdīk hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō dēvtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā , ab[adv.hī] svatantr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x x be[pres.sg.23] , then deity of kingdom now then not be[pres.sg.23] but very time x of remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ , now free be[pres.sg.23] .
377Russia is near, and although the kingdom of the deities does not exist now, it has been a communist country for a long time. 378It is now free.
323अभी फिर राजा-रानी का राज्य होगा . abhī phir rājā-rānī kā rājya hōgā . ab[adv.hī] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] rājā rānī kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . now (turn[root]|then) king and queen of kingdom be[fut.m.sg.23] .
379Now, there will be the kingdom of the king and queen.
324राजा-रानी का राज्य पसन्द है ? rājā-rānī kā rājya pasand hai ? rājā rānī kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? king and queen of kingdom love be[pres.sg.23] ?
380Do you like a kingdom of a king and queen?
325बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
381Very good.
326वृद्धि बहुत जल्दी-जल्दी हो रही है . vr̥iddhi bahut jaldī-jaldī hō rahī hai . vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] bahut jaldī hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . growth very very quickly be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
382Expansion is taking place very fast.
327बापदादा सेवा से खुश हैं . bāpdādā sēvā sē khuśh haĩ . bāpdādā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada service from happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 328रशिया वालों ने कहा था ना कि हम बापदादा को फूलों की पंखुडियां डालेंगे , तो ऐसे हाथ कर लो , डल गई और ही खुशबू आ गई . Russia vālō̃ nē kahā thā nā ki ham bāpdādā kō phūlō̃ kī|key paṅkhuḍiyā̃ ḍālē̃gē , tō aisē hāth kar lō , dull gaī aur hī khuśhbū ā gaī . Russia vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] nā ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] phūl[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key x ḍālnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] , dull jānā[past-part.f.] aur hī[p.] khuśhbū[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . x those who ∅ say[past-perf.m.sg.] ∅ that we BapDada to flower (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , then such hand do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] , dull go[past-part.f.] and only fragrance come[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
383BapDada is happy with your service Those from Russia had said that they would shower BapDada with flower petals, so open your hands and it becomes filled with flowerpetals with fragrance.
329दिल के स्नेह के पुष्प बाप के पास पहुंच गये . dil kē|K snēh kē|K puṣhp bāp kē pās pahuñch gayē . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K puṣhp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . heart (of|K) love (of|K) flower father to reach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
384The flowers of love from the heart have reached Baba.
330अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
385Achcha.
331आस्ट्रेलिया-आस्ट्रेलिया हाथ उठाओ . Australia-Australia hāth uṭhāō . Australia hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Australia raise your hands .
386Australia:Those from Australia, raise your hands.
332आस्ट्रेलिया के कम आये हैं . Australia kē|K cum|kam āyē haĩ . Australia kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K cum|kam[adj.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . Australia (of|K) (x|less) come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
387Very few have come from Australia.
333आस्ट्रेलिया को अभी फर्स्ट जाना है . Australia kō abhī first jānā hai . Australia kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] first[adj.] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . Australia to now first (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) .
388Australia now has to go first.
334आस्ट्रेलिया में बापदादा के बहुत अच्छे आदि रत्न हैं लेकिन अभी थोड़े गुप्त हो गये हैं . Australia mē̃ bāpdādā kē|K bahut achchhē ādi ratna haĩ lēkin abhī thōṛē gupta hō gayē haĩ . Australia mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gupt[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . Australia in BapDada (of|K) very achcha etc. jewel be[pres.pl.12hon3] but now short incognito be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
389There are many original gems of BapDada in Australia, but they have become a little incognito at present.
335भट्ठी में चले गये हैं . bhaṭṭhī mē̃ chalē gayē haĩ . bhaṭṭhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.passive] . bhatti in (continue[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) .
390They have gone into a bhatti.
336अभी रिट्रीट हाउस मिला है ना तो अभी बाहर आयेंगे . abhī retreat house milā hai nā tō abhī bāhar āyēṅgē . ab[adv.hī] retreat house milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā tō ab[adv.hī] bāhar ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now x house receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ then now outside come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
391Now that you have got a Retreat place, they will all emerge.
337फिर आस्ट्रेलिया का झुण्ड दिखाई देगा . phir Australia kā jhuṇḍ dikhāī dēgā . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] Australia kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhuṇḍ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . (turn[root]|then) Australia of swarm be visible .
392Then the group of Australia will be visible.
338आस्ट्रेलिया नक्शे में बहुत बड़ा है तो ब्राह्मण परिवार में भी बड़ा होगा . Australia nakśhē mē̃ bahut baṛā hai tō brāhmaṇ parivār mē̃ bhī baṛā hōgā . Australia nakśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . Australia map in very very be[pres.sg.23] then Brahmin family in too very be[fut.m.sg.23] .
393Australia is very large on the world map and so it will be big in the Brahmin family also.
339थोड़ा भट्ठी में पक रहे हैं . thōṛā bhaṭṭhī mē̃ pak rahē haĩ . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhaṭṭhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] paknā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . short bhatti in be cooked[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
394They are just being baked in the bhatti.
340आस्ट्रेलिया से बापदादा का बहुत प्यार है क्योंकि लण्डन और आस्ट्रेलिया की रेस थी , लण्डन से भी ज्यादा संख्या आस्ट्रेलिया की थी , अभी गुप्त हो गये हैं . Australia sē bāpdādā kā bahut pyār hai kyōṅki london aur Australia kī|key race thī , london sē bhī jyādā saṅkhyā Australia kī thī , abhī gupta hō gayē haĩ . Australia sē[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki London aur Australia karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key race hōnā[past.f] , London sē[postp.] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] Australia karnā[past-perf.f.] , ab[adv.hī] gupt[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . Australia from BapDada of very love be[pres.sg.23] because x and Australia (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) race be[past.f] , x from too more x Australia do[past-perf.f.] , now incognito be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
395Baba has a lot of love for Australia because London and Australia were racing and the numbers in Australia were greater than those of London. 396Now, they have become incognito.
341प्रत्यक्ष होंगे . pratyakṣha hōṅgē . pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . visible be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 342अभी अननोन हैं , वेलनोन हो जायेंगे . abhī unknown haĩ , vēlanōn hō jāyēṅgē . ab[adv.hī] unknown hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , x hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . now unknown be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
397At present, they are unknown, but they will become the well known ones.
343अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 344डबल विदेशी रिफ्रेश हो गये ? double vidēśhī refresh hō gayē ? double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] refresh hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ? double foreigner refresh be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ?
398The double foreigners have become refreshed.
345आपके लिए खास बापदादा आये हैं . āpkē liē khās bāpdādā āyē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē khās bāpdādā ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . you[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) x BapDada come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
399BapDada specially came for all of you.
346डबल विदेशियों से डबल प्यार है . double vidēśhiyō̃ sē double pyār hai . double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] double pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . double foreigner from double love be[pres.sg.23] .
400BapDada has double love for all of you.
347फर्स्ट टाइम वालों से : फर्स्ट टाइम वाले हाथ उठाओ . first time vālō̃ sē : first time vālē hāth uṭhāō . first[adj.] time vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : first[adj.] time vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . first time those who from : first time those who raise your hands .
401Those who have come for the first time, raise your hands.
348बहुत हैं . bahut haĩ . bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
402There are many.
349आज बाप की जयन्ती है तो आप जो पहली बारी आये हैं , तो बाप उन्हों का भी विशेष आज के दिन नया बर्थ डे मना रहे हैं . āj bāp kī|key jayantī hai tō āp jō pahlī bārī āyē haĩ , tō bāp unhō̃ kā bhī viśhēṣh āj kē|K din nayā birth day manā rahē haĩ . āj bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō āp[pn.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] birth day[x] manānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Jayanti be[pres.sg.23] then you that x x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , then father that of too special today (of|K) day new birthday celebrate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
403Today, it is Baba’s birthday, and so with all those who have come for the first time, Baba is also celebrating your new birthday today.
350बर्थ डे का गीत गाओ . birth day kā gīt gāō . birth day[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . birthday of x sing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
404You may sing the birthday song.
351अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
405It is good.
352अलौकिक बर्थ डे की पदमगुणा मुबारक हो , बधाई हो . alaukik birth day kī|key padamguṇā mubārak hō , badhāī hō . alaukik[adj.] birth day[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . alokik birthday (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) multimillion-fold congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , greetings (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
406Multimillion fold congratulations for your alokik birthday.
353अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
407Congratulations.
354 ( आज शिवबाबा के बर्थ डे पर ब्रह्मा बाबा ने कौन सी गिफ्ट बाप को दी ? ( āj śhivbābā kē|K birth day par brahmā bābā nē kaun see|sī|C gift bāp kō dī|the ? ( āj śhivbābā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K birth day[x] par[postp.]|par[adj.] brahmā bābā[x] nē[postp.] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C gift bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the ? ( today Shiv Baba (of|K) birthday (at|other) x ∅ who (see|x) gift father to (give[past-part.f.]|the) ? 355) ) ) ) 356ब्रह्मा बाप ने सब पहले ही दे दी है , कुछ रखा ही नहीं . brahmā bāp nē sab pahlē hī dē dī hai , kuchh rakhā hī nahī̃ . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] sab[adj.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] , kuchh rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . Brahma father ∅ all (x|firstly) only give[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] , anything (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) only not .
408(What gift did Brahma Baba give Shiv Baba on His birthday today?)Brahma Baba has given everything already; he hasn’t kept anything for himself.
357जब सम्पूर्ण बनें तब सब दे दी . jab sampūrṇ banē̃ tab sab dē dī . jab sampūrṇ[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] tab sab[adj.] dēnā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] . when complete become[opt.pl.12hon3] for only then all give[past-part.f..root+dēnā] .
409He gave everything he had when he became complete.
358उसके पास कुछ है ही नहीं . uskē pās|pass kuchh hai hī nahī̃ . uskā[pn.sg.kē] pās|pass kuchh hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . of that[.kē] (x|pass) anything be[pres.sg.23] only not .
410He doesn’t have anything.
359बच्चों के पास छिपा हुआ है तब तो देंगे . bachchō̃ kē pās chhipā huā hai tab tō dēgē . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē pās[x] chhipnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|chhipānā[root] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tab tō dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . child to (secretly[past-part.m.sg.d.]|hide[root]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] for only then then give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 360अभी सिर्फ ब्रह्मा बाप आप बच्चों का इन्तजार कर रहा है . abhī sirph brahmā bāp āp bachchō̃ kā intjār kar rahā hai . ab[adv.hī] sirph[adj.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . now only Brahma father you child of wait do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
411Children have kept things hidden with themselves and that is why they can give. 412Now, Brahma Baba is waiting for you children.
361रोज़ बांहे पसार कर आओ बच्चे , आओ बच्चे कहते हैं . rōz bā̃hē pasār kar āō bachchē , āō bachchē kahtē haĩ . rōz x pasārā[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+ānā] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . day x expansion do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+ānā] child , come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] child say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
413Every day, Baba opens his arms wide and says: Come children. 414Come children.
362तो बाप समान बनो और चलो वतन में . tō bāp samān banō aur chalō vatan mē̃ . tō bāp samān[x] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . then equal to the Father become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] world in .
415So become the same as the father and come to the subtle region.
363परमधाम का दरवाजा ही नहीं खोलते हैं . paramdhām kā darvājā hī nahī̃ khōltē haĩ . paramdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] darvājā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] khōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x of door only not open[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 364आपके लिए रूका हुआ है . āpkē liē rūkā huā hai . āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē ruknā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . you[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) stop[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
416Shiv Baba doesn’t open the door to Paramdham because he is waiting for all of you.
365ब्रह्मा बाबा तो बीच-बीच में कहते हैं , दरवाजा खोलो , दरवाजा खोलो . brahmā bābā tō bīch-bīch mē̃ kahtē haĩ , darvājā khōlō , darvājā khōlō . brahmā bābā[x] tō bīch-bīch mē̃[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , darvājā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , darvājā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x then x say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , door open[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , door open[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
417Every now and then Brahma Baba asks Shiv Baba to open the doors.
366लेकिन बाप कहते हैं अभी थोड़ा रूको , थोड़ा रूको . lēkin bāp kahtē haĩ abhī thōṛā rūkō , thōṛā rūkō . lēkin bāp kahtē haĩ[x] ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x . but the Father says now short x , short x .
418But Baba says: Wait a little longer, just wait a little longer.
367अच्छा-डबल विदेशी सब अच्छी तरह से मिले ना ! acchā-ḍabal vidēśhī sab achchhī tarah sē milē nā ! x vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] nā ! x foreigner all achcha x from (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) ∅ !
419Achcha, the double foreigners have had a very good meeting.
368बड़ा परिवार तो बड़े परिवार में सब बांटना पड़ता है . baṛā parivār tō baṛē parivār mē̃ sab bāṇṭnā paṛtā hai . baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] bāṇṭnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] . very family then very family in all distribute[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] .
420It is a big family and so everything has to be distributed in a big family.
369छोटे परिवार में तो छोटे में बांटा जाता है . chhōṭē parivār mē̃ tō chhōṭē mē̃ bāṇṭā jātā hai . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] bāṇṭnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|bāṇṭnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . small family in then small in (distribute[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|distribute[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .
421In a small family, everything is distributed amongst just a few.
370बड़ा हो गया तो बड़े के अनुसार ही बांटा जाता है . baṛā hō gayā tō baṛē kē|K anusār hī bāṇṭā jātā hai . baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] tō baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anusār hī[p.] bāṇṭnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|bāṇṭnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . very be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] then very (of|K) according to only (distribute[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|distribute[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .
422Now, the family has become big and so everything is distributed accordingly.
371आप सोचो बड़ा नहीं हो तो राज्य किस पर करेंगे ! āp sōchō baṛā nahī̃ hō tō rājya kis par karē̃gē ! āp[pn.pl.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! you think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] very not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then kingdom (what|who) (at|other) do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
423Just think, if you were not a big family, who would you rule over?
3725-10 पर करेंगे क्या ? 5-10 par karē̃gē kyā ? 5-10 par[postp.]|par[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyā ? 5-10 (at|other) do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] what ?
424Would you rule over 5 or 10?
373इतने 108 माला के दाने तैयार हो गये हैं , तो लोग तो चाहिए जिस पर राज्य करो . itnē 108 mālā kē|K dānē taiyār hō gayē haĩ , tō lōg tō chāhiē jis par rājya karō . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] 108 mālā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , tō log[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] jō[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] rājya karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such 108 garland (of|K) bead x be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , then people then (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) that (at|other) x .
425So many rosaries of 108 have been prepared and so that many people are also needed over whom you can rule.
374इसीलिए बड़ा परिवार होना ही है . isīliē baṛā parivār hōnā hī hai . isīliē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x very family be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
426Therefore, the family has to be big.
375अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
427Achcha.
376चारों ओर के अति-अति भाग्यवान बच्चे जो स्वयं शिव बाप से शिवजयंती मना रहे हैं , ऐसे पदमगुणा तो क्या लेकिन जितना भी ज्यादा में ज्यादा कहो वह भी थोड़ा है . chārō̃ ōr kē|K ati-ati bhāgyavān bachchē jō svayã śhiv bāp sē śivajayantī manā rahē haĩ , aisē padamguṇā tō kyā lēkin jitnā bhī jyādā mē̃ jyādā kahō vah bhī thōṛā hai . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ati bhāgyavān[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] svayã śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] x manānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō kyā lēkin jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] jyādā mē̃ jyādā[x] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . everywhere (of|K) x fortunate child that x Shiva father from x celebrate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , such multimillion-fold then what but the more too at the most say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that too short be[pres.sg.23] . 377ऐसे महान भाग्यवान आत्मायें , सदा बाप की आज्ञा पर हर कदम रखने वाले बाप के स्नेही और समीप आत्मायें , सदा मालिकपन के अचल आसन निवासी सो भविष्य सिंहासन निवासी श्रेष्ठ आत्माओं को , सदा बाप के साथ-साथ मौज से मुहब्बत के झूले में झूलते हुए साथ चलने वाले ऐसे बापदादा के साथी बच्चों को बापदादा का बर्थ डे की मुबारक और यादप्यार स्वीकार हो , बाप का सभी मालिकों को नमस्ते . aisē mahān bhāgyavān ātmāyē̃ , sadā bāp kī|key āgyā par har|her kadam rakhnē vālē bāp kē|K snēhī aur samīp ātmāyē̃ , sadā mālikpan kē|K achal āsan nivāsī sō bhaviṣhya siṃhāsan nivāsī śhrēṣhṭh ātmāō̃ kō , sadā bāp kē|K sāth-sāth mauj sē muhabbat kē|K jhūlē mē̃ jhūltē huē sāth chalnē vālē aisē bāpdādā kē|K sāthī bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā kā birth day kī|key mubārak aur yādpyār svīkār hō , bāp kā sabhī mālikō̃ kō namastē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mahān, mahā[adj.] bhāgyavān[x] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āgyā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] har|harnā[root]|her kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēhī[adj.] aur samīp[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā mālikpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K achal āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōnā[root]|sō bhaviṣhya[adj.] siṃhāsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth mauj[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jhūlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] birth day[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] aur yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] mālik[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] namastē . such great fortunate soul , constantly father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) order (at|other) (x|x[root]) step keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who father (of|K) loving and close soul , constantly being a master (of|K) unshakeable seat resident (sleep[root]|x) future throne resident elevated soul to , constantly father (of|K) x pleasure from love (of|K) (swing[opt.sg.23]|swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing) in swing[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] with continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who such BapDada (of|K) companion child to BapDada of birthday (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations and love, remembrance acceptance (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , father of all master to x .
428To the extremely fortunate children from all directions who are celebrating Shiv Jayanti with Father Shiva Himself; to such multimillion, in fact, even multimillion is nothing, even if you say the greatest number, that is very little, to such greatly fortunate souls; to Baba’s close and loving children who follow Baba’s directions and place their steps on Baba’s footsteps; to the elevated souls who are constantly seated on the unshakable seat of being a master and so who claims a throne in the future; to those who constantly swing in the swing of pleasure with BapDada and who will return home with the Father, to BapDada’s companion children, congratulations on BapDada’s birthday and accept love and remembrances. 429Namaste from Baba to all the masters.
378दादियों से : अपने-अपने आसन पर बैठ जाओ , छोटी सी राज दरबार है ना . dādiyō̃ sē : apnē-apnē āsan par baiṭh jāō , chhōṭī see|sī|C rāj darbār hai nā . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C rāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] darbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . Dadi from : one’s own seat (at|other) sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , small (see|x) x court be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
430BapDada speaking to the Dadis:All of you, sit on your own seats, since this is also a small gathering.
379स्वराज्य अधिकारी राजायें अपनी दरबार में बैठ जाओ . svarājya adhikārī rājāyē̃ apnī darbār mē̃ baiṭh jāō . svarājya adhikārī[x] rājā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] darbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . self-sovereign king one’s own court in sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
431The selfsovereign kings, sit in your court.
380 ( सभा से ) आप सभी को भी राज दरबार अच्छी लगती है ना ? ( sabhā sē ) āp sabhī kō bhī rāj darbār achchhī lagtī hai nā ? ( sabhā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ) āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] rāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] darbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ? ( court from ) you all to too x court achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ ?
432All of you like the gathering in the royal court, do you not?
381यह संगम की दरबार है . yah saṅgam kī|key darbār hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key darbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this confluence (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) court be[pres.sg.23] .
433This is the court of the confluence age.
382आप सभी भी नीचे नहीं बैठे हो , ऊपर बैठे हो . āp sabhī bhī nīchē nahī̃ baiṭhē hō , ūpar baiṭhē hō . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] nīchē nahī̃[neg] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , ūpar baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . you all too down not sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , over sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
434Even now, all of you are not sitting on the floor, you are sitting on seats.
383देखो यह सिंहासन पर हैं और आप सभी दिल के सिंहासन पर हैं . dēkhō yah siṃhāsan par haĩ aur āp sabhī dil kē|K siṃhāsan par haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.d.] siṃhāsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K siṃhāsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] this throne (at|other) be[pres.pl.12hon3] and you all heart (of|K) throne (at|other) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
435Look, all 436of them are on the throne and all of you are on the throne of the heart.
384यह सिंहासन तो छोटा है , दिल का सिंहासन तो बहुत बड़ा है . yah siṃhāsan tō chhōṭā hai , dil kā siṃhāsan tō bahut baṛā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] siṃhāsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] siṃhāsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this throne then small be[pres.sg.23] , heart of throne then very very be[pres.sg.23] .
437This throne is very small, but the throne of the heart is very big.
385 ( निर्वैर भाई ने बापदादा को गुलदस्ता दिया और मुबारक दी ) आपको भी मुबारक . ( nirvair bhāī nē bāpdādā kō guldastā diyā aur mubārak dī|the ) āpkō bhī mubārak . ( nirvair[adj.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] nē[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] guldastā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the ) āp[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . ( x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) ∅ BapDada to bouquet give[past-part.m.sg.d.] and congratulations (give[past-part.f.]|the) ) you[.kō] too congratulations .
438Nirwairbhai gave BapDada a bouquet and congratulations.Congratulations to you also.
386सभी पाण्डवों की तरफ से यह आपकी याद ले आये इसीलिए पाण्डवों को खास मुबारक हो . sabhī pāṇḍavō̃ kī|key taraph sē yah āpkī yād lē āyē isīliē pāṇḍavō̃ kō khās mubārak hō . sab[adv.hī] pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] yād[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[opt.sg.23.root+ānā] isīliē pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] khās mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . all Pandava (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) direction from this you[.kī] remembrance take[opt.sg.23.root+ānā] x Pandava to x congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
439You have brought the remembrances on behalf of all the Pandavs, therefore special congratulations to all the Pandavs.
387शक्तियों की तरफ से तो बहुत शक्तियां आई ही हैं इसलिए बहुत-बहुत मुबारक . śhaktiyō̃ kī|key taraph sē tō bahut śhaktiyā̃ eye|āī|I hī haĩ isliē bahut-bahut mubārak . śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] tō bahut śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] isliē bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . Shakti (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) direction from then very Shakti (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) only be[pres.pl.12hon3] therefore very congratulations .
440From the Shaktis side, many Shaktis have come anyway, and therefore, many many congratulations.
388आप लोगों को नशा रहता है ना कि हम सिंहासन के अधिकारी हैं ? āp lōgō̃ kō naśhā rahtā hai nā ki ham siṃhāsan kē|K adhikārī haĩ ? āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] siṃhāsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? you people to intoxication remain[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ that we throne (of|K) (one) who has a right be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
441All of you have the intoxication, do you not, that you have a right to the throne?
389आज फरिश्ते और कल तख्तनशीन . āj phariśhtē aur kal takhtnaśhīn . āj phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aur kal takhtnaśhīn[adj.] . today angel and x seated on the throne .
442Today, you are angels and tomorrow, you will be seated on the throne.
390एक एक बच्चा तख्तनशीन बनना ही है . ēk ēk bachchā takhtnaśhīn bannā hī hai . ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] takhtnaśhīn[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one one child seated on the throne become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
443Each and every child will be seated on the throne.
391ऐसे नहीं समझना हम शायद प्रजा में जायेंगे , नहीं . aisē nahī̃ samajhnā ham śhāyad prajā mē̃ jāyēṅgē , nahī̃ . aisē nahī̃[x] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ham[pn.pl.] śhāyad prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , nahī̃[neg] . it isn't that understand[inf.m.sg.d.] we perhaps x in go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , not .
444Do not think that perhaps you will become part of the subjects.
392रॉयल फैमिली में आना ही है . royal family mē̃ ānā hī hai . royal family[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . royal family in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] .
445No, you have to become part of the royal family.
393जब बाप के बने हो तो संगमयुग के वर्से के साथ चाहे राजा बनो , चाहे रॉयल फैमिली के बनों . jab bāp kē|K banē hō tō saṅgamyug kē|K varsē kē sāth chāhē rājā banō , chāhē royal family kē|K banō̃ . jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] tō saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kē sāth[x] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] royal family[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x . when father (of|K) become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] then confluence age (of|K) inheritance with (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) king become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) royal family (of|K) x . 394बनना ही है . bannā hī hai . bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
446Since you belong to the Father, then together with the inheritance of the confluence age, whether you become a king or you become part of the royal family, you have to become something.
395राज्य परिवार में आना ही है . rājya parivār mē̃ ānā hī hai . rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . kingdom family in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] .
447You have to come in the royal family.
396समझा . samjhā . samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
448Do you understand?
397डबल विदेशियों के बीच में भारतवासी छिप गये हैं . double vidēśhiyō̃ kē|K bīch mē̃ bhāratvāsī chhip gayē haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bīch mē̃[postp.] bhāratvāsī[adj.] chhipnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . double foreigner (of|K) centre in people of Bharat secretly[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
449Bharatwasis have hidden away in the gathering of the double foreigners.
398भारतवासी हाथ उठाओ . bhāratvāsī hāth uṭhāō . bhāratvāsī[adj.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . people of Bharat raise your hands .
450Bharatwasis, raise your hands!
399भारतवासी तो हर एक के मुख पर हैं ही . bhāratvāsī tō har ēk kē|K mukh par haĩ hī . bhāratvāsī[adj.] tō har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] . people of Bharat then each one (of|K) mouth (at|other) be[pres.pl.12hon3] only . 400भारत महान है , भारत स्वर्ग है , भारत ऊंचा है . bhārat mahān hai , bhārat svarg hai , bhārat ūñchā hai . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mahān, mahā[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Bharat great be[pres.sg.23] , Bharat heaven be[pres.sg.23] , Bharat elevated be[pres.sg.23] .
451On the lips of every Bharatwasi, the sound is that Bharat is great, Bharat is heaven, Bharat is elevated.
401तो भारतवासी तो ऊंचे हैं ही लेकिन भारतवासी महादानी हैं , डबल विदेशियों को चांस देते हैं इसलिए महादानी भवः . tō bhāratvāsī tō ūñchē haĩ hī lēkin bhāratvāsī mahādānī haĩ , double vidēśhiyō̃ kō chance dētē haĩ isliē mahādānī bhavaḥ . tō bhāratvāsī[adj.] tō ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] lēkin bhāratvāsī[adj.] mahādānī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chance dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] isliē mahādānī[adj.] x . then people of Bharat then elevated be[pres.pl.12hon3] only but people of Bharat great donor be[pres.pl.12hon3] , double foreigner to chance give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] therefore great donor x .
452Bharatwasis are elevated, but you are also the great donors who have given the double foreigners a chance, and therefore, may you always be the great donors.
402 ( बाबा भी भारत का है ) बाबा विश्व का है , सिर्फ भारत का नहीं है . ( bābā bhī bhārat kā hai ) bābā viśhva kā hai , sirph bhārat kā nahī̃ hai . ( bābā bhī[p.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) bābā viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sirph[adj.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( Baba too Bharat of be[pres.sg.23] ) Baba world of be[pres.sg.23] , only Bharat of not be[pres.sg.23] .
453Baba belongs to the whole world, not just to Bharat.
403विश्व कल्याणकारी है , भारत का कल्याणकारी तो छोटा हो जायेगा . viśhva kalyāṇkārī hai , bhārat kā kalyāṇkārī tō chhōṭā hō jāyēgā . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] tō chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . world beneficial be[pres.sg.23] , Bharat of beneficial then small be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
454Baba is a world Benefactor, If He were just a benefactor of Bharat, He would become very small.
404विश्व कल्याणकारी अर्थात् विश्व का बाप है . viśhva kalyāṇkārī arthāt viśhva kā bāp hai . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] arthāt viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . world beneficial that is world of father be[pres.sg.23] .
455World Benefactor means He is the Father of the whole world.
405भारत तो हद हो जायेगी . bhārat tō had hō jāyēgī . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō had[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . Bharat then x be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
456If it were just Bharat, that would be limited.
406इसलिए बाप स्वर्ग में नहीं आता , हद हो जायेगी ना . isliē bāp svarg mē̃ nahī̃ ātā , had hō jāyēgī nā . isliē bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , had[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] nā . therefore father heaven in not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , x be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] ∅ .
457This is why Baba does not come into heaven, since it would become limited.
407बेहद का बाप बेहद में ही रहता है . bēhad kā bāp bēhad mē̃ hī rahtā hai . bēhad kā bāp[x] bēhad[adj.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . unlimited Father unlimited in only remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
458The unlimited Father always stays in the unlimited.
408डबल विदेशी सदा सर्व वरदानों से भरपूर भवः . double vidēśhī sadā sarv vardānō̃ sē bharpūr bhavaḥ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā sarv[adj.] vardān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bharpūr[adj.] x . double foreigner constantly all blessing from full x .
459Double foreigners, may you constantly be overflowing with all treasures.
409बापदादा जानते हैं कितनी मेहनत से एक-एक डालर कहो या जो भी मनी है , वह जमा करके आते हैं . bāpdādā jāntē haĩ kitnī mēhnat sē ēk-ēk dollar kahō yā jō bhī money|manī hai , vah jamā karkē ātē haĩ . bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] dollar kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yā jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] money|maṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[abs.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] so effort from one x say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] or that too (money|jewel) be[pres.sg.23] , that (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) do[abs.] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
460BapDada knows with how much effort you accumulate every dollar or whatever currency you have.
410मेहनत और मुश्किलात भारतवासियों को है , विदेशियों को तो प्लेन में बैठे और आ गये . mēhnat aur muśhkilāt bhāratvāsiyō̃ kō hai , vidēśhiyō̃ kō tō plain|plane mē̃ baiṭhē aur ā gayē . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] aur muśhkilāt[n.f.;sg.] bhāratvāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō plain|plane mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] aur ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . effort and difficulties people of Bharat to be[pres.sg.23] , foreigner to then (plain|plane) in (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) and come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
461It is the Bharatwasis that have to make effort and face difficulties, the foreigners simply get on the plane and arrive here.
411भारतवासियों को तो ट्रेन और बसों में आना पड़ता है लेकिन एक-एक डालर जमा करने की जो टैक्ट ( युक्ति ) है , वह डबल विदेशियों में ज्यादा है . bhāratvāsiyō̃ kō tō train aur basō̃ mē̃ ānā paṛtā hai lēkin ēk-ēk dollar jamā karnē kī|key jō tact ( yukti ) hai , vah double vidēśhiyō̃ mē̃ jyādā hai . bhāratvāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō train aur bas[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] lēkin ēk[adj.] dollar jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jō[pn.;d.] tact ( yukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ) hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . people of Bharat to then train and bus in come[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] but one x (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that x ( way ) be[pres.sg.23] , that double foreigner in more be[pres.sg.23] .
462Bharatwasis have to come on trains and buses. 463However, the double foreigners have a great knowhow of how to accumulate every dollar.
412शान्तिवन के लिए भी अपने पेट की रोटी बचाकर के भी कर रहे हैं . śhāntivan kē liē bhī apnē pēṭ kī|key rōṭī bachākar kē|K bhī kar rahē haĩ . śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pēṭ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rōṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bachānā[abs.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . Shantivan for too one’s own stomach (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) roti save[abs.] (of|K) too do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
464For Shantivan also, they save from their own livelihood and send that.
413बापदादा जानते हैं खुद दाल रोटी खायेंगे , शान्तिवन में भेजेंगे . bāpdādā jāntē haĩ khud dāl rōṭī khāyēṅgē , śhāntivan mē̃ bhējē̃gē . bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] khud dāl[n.f.;sg.] rōṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] khānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhējnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] oneself dal roti eat[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , Shantivan in x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
465BapDada knows that they themselves would eat only dal and roti and would send something for Shantivan.
414चाहे भारतवासी भी , चाहे विदेशी - सबकी ज्ञान सरोवर चाहे शान्तिवन में जान लगी हुई है . chāhē bhāratvāsī bhī , chāhē vidēśhī - sabkī gyān sarōvar chāhē śhāntivan mē̃ jān lagī huī hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bhāratvāsī[adj.] bhī[p.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] - sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] gyān sarōvar[x] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jān[n.m.;sg.,d.]|jānnā[root] lagnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) people of Bharat too , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) foreigner - everyone's Gyan Sarovar (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Shantivan in (x|know[root]) x[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
466Whether it is Bharatwasis or foreigners, everyone is doing everything they can for Gyan Sarovar or Shantivan with their heart and life.
415दिल से प्यार है . dil sē pyār hai . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . heart from love be[pres.sg.23] . 416 ( आगे क्या होना है ? ( āgē kyā hōnā hai ? ( āgē kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? ( previously what be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
467They have a lot of love for these places in their heart.
417) आगे भी हो जायेगा . ) āgē bhī hō jāyēgā . ) āgē bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . ) previously too be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
468(What will happen next?)
418शान्तिवन भी अभी पूरा बना नहीं है इसीलिए नेक्स्ट नहीं कहते हैं . śhāntivan bhī abhī pūrā banā nahī̃ hai isīliē next nahī̃ kahtē haĩ . śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ab[adv.hī] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isīliē next nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Shantivan too now full (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) not be[pres.sg.23] x next not say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
469Whatever is to happen will happen. 470Even Shantivan is not yet complete and so Baba is not telling you what will be next.
419 ( विनाश के पहले एक-एक कान्टीनेंट में एक-एक बार बाबा आये ) देखो , ड्रामा . ( vināśh kē|K pahlē ēk-ēk kānṭīnēṇṭ mē̃ ēk-ēk bār bābā āyē ) dēkhō , drama . ( vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] ēk[adj.] x mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] bābā ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , drama . ( destruction (of|K) (x|firstly) one x in one time Baba (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ) see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , drama .
471(Would Baba visit each continent once before destruction?) 472Just see whatever is in the drama.
420बाप लण्डन में भी आये , लेकिन मधुबन की महिमा तो मधुबन की है . bāp london mē̃ bhī āyē , lēkin madhuban kī|key mahimā tō madhuban kī hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] London mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , lēkin madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . father x in too (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , but Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) praise then Madhuban do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
473Baba may even come in London, but the praise of Madhuban is its own.
421आगे चलकर क्या होता है , वह बताने से मजा खत्म हो जायेगा . āgē chalkar kyā hōtā hai , vah batānē sē majā khatm hō jāyēgā . āgē chalnā[abs.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] batānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . previously continue[abs.] what be[pres.sg.m.23] , that tell[inf.m.pl.,o.] from pleasure finished be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
474By telling you in advance what is to happen next, the pleasure of it finishes.
422इसीलिए देखो आगे क्या होता है ! isīliē dēkhō āgē kyā hōtā hai ! isīliē dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āgē kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! x see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] previously what be[pres.sg.m.23] !
475Therefore, just wait and see what happens in the future.
423अच्छा , सौगात को पार्सल कर दिया ! achchhā , saugāt kō pārsal kar diyā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , saugāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] x karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] ! achcha , gift to x do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] !
476Have you sent your gift?
424वापस नहीं लेना . vāpas nahī̃ lēnā . vāpis, vāpas nahī̃[neg] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . back not take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
477Do not take it back with you.
425अच्छा-डबल विदेशी खुश हैं ? acchā-ḍabal vidēśhī khuśh haĩ ? x vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? x foreigner happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
478Achcha, are the double foreigners happy?
426डबल विदेशी सब आराम से रहे हुए हैं ? double vidēśhī sab ārām sē rahē huē haĩ ? double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] ārām[x] sē[postp.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? double foreigner all comfort from (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
479All double foreigners are living comfortably.
427 ( सभी भवन फुल हैं ) कोई पटरानी नहीं बने हैं ? ( sabhī bhavan full haĩ ) kōī paṭrānī nahī̃ banē haĩ ? ( sab[adv.hī] bhavan[n.m.;sg.,d.] full hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) kōī[pn.;d.] paṭrānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? ( all Bhavan full be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) some x not become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
480(All bhawans are full.) 481No one has become queen of the floor though.
428अभी पटरानी बनायेंगे . abhī paṭrānī banāyēṅgē . ab[adv.hī] paṭrānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now x create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
482Now, you will be made into queens of the floor.
429आपकी जो अटैची है ना , उसको बिस्तरा बनाना , कम से कम तकिया तो बन सकता है . āpkī jō aṭaichī hai nā , uskō bistarā banānā , kam sē kam takiyā tō ban saktā hai . āp[pn.pl.kī] jō[pn.;d.] aṭaichī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , vah[pn.sg.kō] x banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kam sē kam[x] takiyā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . you[.kī] that x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , that[.kō] x create[inf.m.sg.d.] , at least x then become[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
483Your suitcases will be made into beds. 484At least it can be made into your pillows.
430यह भी दृश्य अच्छा होगा ना , अटैची का तकिया होगा , सब आराम से विष्णु के माफिक लेटे हुए होंगे . yah bhī dr̥iśhya achchhā hōgā nā , aṭaichī kā takiyā hōgā , sab ārām sē viṣhṇu kē|K māphik lēṭē huē hōṅgē . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā , aṭaichī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] takiyā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , sab[adj.] ārām[x] sē[postp.] viṣhṇu[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K muāphik lēṭnā[opt.sg.23]|lēṭnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this too x achcha be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ , x of x be[fut.m.sg.23] , all comfort from Vishnu (of|K) x (lie down[opt.sg.23]|lie down[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
485That will be a wonderful scene too where your suitcase will be your pillow and all of you will comfortably be sleeping, the same as Vishnu.
431कितना अच्छा होगा . kitnā achchhā hōgā . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . so achcha be[fut.m.sg.23] .
486It will be so good.
432डबल विदेशियों को पटरानी जरूर बनायेंगे . double vidēśhiyō̃ kō paṭrānī jarūr banāyēṅgē . double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] paṭrānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] zarūr banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . double foreigner to x definitely create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
487Double foreigners will definitely be made into queens of the floor.
433देखो शुरू-शुरू में स्थापना में पहले यह सभी विशेष आत्मायें तीन फुट की जगह पर सोई हैं . dēkhō śhurū-śhurū mē̃ sthāpanā mē̃ pahlē yah sabhī viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ tīn foot kī jagah par sōī haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tīn[adj.] foot kī jagah[x] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sōnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] beginning in establishment in (x|firstly) this all special soul x ft x (at|other) sleep[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . 434चार फुट भी नहीं , तीन फुट , पट में . chār foot bhī nahī̃ , tīn foot , paṭ mē̃ . chār[adj.] foot bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] , tīn[adj.] foot , paṭ[adj.] mē̃[postp.] . four ft too not , x ft , x in .
488Look, at the beginning of the establishment, all of these slept on three foot of land. 489They didn’t even have four feet, it was just three feet on the floor.
435विशेष महारथी पट में सोते थे तो जो आदि में हुआ वह आप अन्त में करेंगे ना ! viśhēṣh mahārathī paṭ mē̃ sōtē thē tō jō ādi mē̃ huā vah āp ant mē̃ karē̃gē nā ! viśhēṣh[adj.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṭ[adj.] mē̃[postp.] sōnā[hab-past.pl.m.] tō jō[pn.;d.] ādi[adj.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! special maharathi x in sleep[hab-past.pl.m.] then that etc. in be[past-part.m.sg.d.] that you end in do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
490The special maharathis would be sleeping on the floor, and so whatever happened in the beginning will happen at the end.
436कारण तो नहीं बतायेंगे कि कमर में दर्द हो गया ? kāraṇ tō nahī̃ batāyēṅgē ki kamar mē̃ dard hō gayā ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] kamar[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] dard[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ? because then not tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that x in pain be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ?
491You will then not give excuses, will you, that you have back ache etc.?
437जब कोई भी दर्द होता है ना तो डाक्टर्स भी कहते हैं - सीधा-सीधा पट जैसा सोओ . jab kōī bhī dard hōtā hai nā tō doctors bhī kahtē haĩ - sīdhā-sīdhā paṭ jaisā sōō . jab kōī bhī[x] dard[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā tō doctor bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - sīdhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paṭ[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . when anyone pain be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ then doctor too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - direct x like sleep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
492Whenever there is any pain in the body, doctors even advise you to sleep straight on the floor.
438बेड पर नहीं सोओ , संदल पर सीधा सोओ तो हेल्थ भी ठीक हो जायेगी . bed par nahī̃ sōō , sandal par sīdhā sōō tō health bhī ṭhīk hō jāyēgī . bed par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] sōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x par[postp.]|par[adj.] sīdhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō health bhī[p.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . x (at|other) not sleep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x (at|other) direct sleep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then health too OK be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
493They advise you not to sleep on your bed, but on the floor or on the gaddi type bed.
439यह तो सब एवररेडी हैं . yah tō sab ever ready haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō sab[adj.] ever ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this then all ever-ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
494Then your health will also become good.
440डबल विदेशी अर्थात् डबल एवररेडी . double vidēśhī arthāt double ever ready . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt double ever ready . double foreigner that is double ever-ready . 441अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 442खूब मनाओ . khūb manāō . khūb[adj.] manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . a lot celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
495All of you are everready. 496Double foreigner means double everready.
443 ( बापदादा ने अपने हस्तों से झण्डा लहराया तथा सबको शिवजयन्ती की बधाईयां दी ) ( bāpdādā nē apnē hastō̃ sē jhaṇḍā laharāyā tathā sabkō śhivjayantī kī|key badhāīyā̃ dī|the ) ( bāpdādā nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hast[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tathā sabkō śhivjayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the ) ( BapDada ∅ one’s own x from flag hoist[past-part.m.sg.d.] and everything birthday of the Father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) greetings (give[past-part.f.]|the) )
497Achcha, you may celebrate as much as you want. 498BapDada hoisted the flag and gave greetings for Shiv Jayanti.
444सभी बच्चों ने शिव पिता का झण्डा लहराया . sabhī bachchō̃ nē śhiv pitā kā jhaṇḍā laharāyā . sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] śhiv pitā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . all child ∅ Shiva father of flag hoist[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
499All the children have just hoisted the flag of Father Shiva.
445ऐसे ही जैसे इस हाल में झण्डा लहराया है , ऐसे सारे विश्व के हाल में यह न्यारा और प्यारा झण्डा जल्दी से जल्दी लहरायेंगे . aisē hī jaisē is hāl|hall mē̃ jhaṇḍā laharāyā hai , aisē sārē viśhva kē|K hāl|hall mē̃ yah nyārā aur pyārā jhaṇḍā jaldī sē jaldī laharāyēṅgē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.o.] hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall mē̃[postp.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jaldī sē[postp.] jaldī laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . such only like this (x|hall) in flag hoist[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , such the whole world (of|K) (x|hall) in this unique and loving flag very quickly from very quickly hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
500Just as the flag has been hoisted in this hall, in the same way, this lovely and unique flag will be hoisted in the hall of the world very quickly.
446सबके मुख से , दिल से यही गीत बजेगा , आ गया , आ गया , हमारा बाप आ गया . sabkē mukh sē , dil sē yahī gīt bajēgā , ā gayā , ā gayā , hamārā bāp ā gayā . sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajnā[fut.m.sg.23] , ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ham[pn.pl.kā] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . everyone's mouth from , heart from this x x[fut.m.sg.23] , come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , we[.kā] father come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
501The song that will emerge from everyone’s lips and hearts is: “He has come, He has come. 502Our Father has come.”
447सबकी दिल से खुशी की तालियां बजेंगी . sabkī dil sē khuśhī kī|key tāliyā̃ bajē̃gī . sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bajnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . everyone's heart from happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) clapping x[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
503There will be the applaud of happiness from everyone’s heart.
448इसलिए यह झण्डा तो निमित्त-मात्र है लेकिन बहुत ऊंचे ते ऊंचा बाप आ गया , आ गया , जो आना था वो आ गया . isliē yah jhaṇḍā tō nimitt-mātra hai lēkin bahut ūñchē tē ūñchā bāp ā gayā , ā gayā , jō ānā thā vō ā gayā . isliē yah[pn.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō nimitt-mātra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin bahut ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , jō[pn.;d.] ānā[past.m.sg.oblig1] vah[pn.;d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . therefore this flag then only an instrument be[pres.sg.23] but very elevated from elevated father come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , that come[past.m.sg.oblig1] that come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
504Therefore, this flag is just for namesake, but the sound will be: The Highest on High Father has come, He has come, the One who had to come has come.
449हम सबको ले जाने वाला आ गया , यही मन से झण्डा विश्व में लहरेगा . ham sabkō lē jānē vālā ā gayā , yahī man sē jhaṇḍā viśhva mē̃ laharēgā . ham[pn.pl.] sabkō lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , yahī[pn.;d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] laharānā[fut.m.sg.23] . we everything (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) those who come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , this mind from flag world in hoist[fut.m.sg.23] .
505The One who will take all of us back home has come. 506This flag will be hoisted in the whole world.
450आप सब देखेंगे और आप सबको सफेद-सफेद फरिश्तों के रूप में देखेंगे . āp sab dēkhē̃gē aur āp sabkō saphēd-saphēd phariśhtō̃ kē|K rūp mē̃ dēkhē̃gē . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.] sabkō saphēd[adj.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . you all see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and you everything white angel (of|K) Rup in see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
507All of you will see all this and everyone will see you as the angels in white.
451बाप के साथ आप सभी के भी गीत गायेंगे . bāp kē sāth āp sabhī kē|K bhī gīt gāyēṅgē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . father with you all (of|K) too x sing[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
508Together with singing songs of the Father, they will also sing your songs.
452हमारे पूज्य देवीदेवता यें आ गये , आ गये . hamārē pūjya dēvīdēvatā yē̃ ā gayē , ā gayē . ham[pn.pl.kē] pūjya[adj.] x x ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . we[.kē] worthy of worship x x come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
509Our worthy of worship deities have come, they have come.
453सिर्फ आप थोड़ा जल्दी तैयार हो जाओ फिर बहुत जल्दी झण्डा लहरायेंगे . sirph āp thōṛā jaldī taiyār hō jāō phir bahut jaldī jhaṇḍā laharāyēṅgē . sirph[adj.] āp[pn.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jaldī taiyār[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] bahut jaldī jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . only you short very quickly x be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] (turn[root]|then) very very quickly flag hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 454फिर सभी पेरशानी से छूट जायेंगे . phir sabhī pēraśānī sē chhūṭ jāyēṅgē . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] sab[adv.hī] x sē[postp.] chhūṭnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . (turn[root]|then) all x from let go[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
510All you have to do is to become ready and then the flag will be hoisted very quickly. 511You will then be liberated from all distress, and then you can clap and Baba will also clap. 512Achcha.
455अच्छा-सभी को प्यारे और न्यारे झण्डे की मुबारक हो . acchā-sabhī kō pyārē aur nyārē jhaṇḍē kī|key mubārak hō . x kō[postp.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jhaṇḍā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x to loving and unique flag (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
513Congratulations to everyone for the hoisting of this lovely and unique flag. 514* * * O MS H A N T I * * *